SASSCO FASHIONS LTD /DE/
8-K, 1997-07-14
WOMEN'S, MISSES', AND JUNIORS OUTERWEAR
Previous: FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE, S-3/A, 1997-07-14
Next: IMC HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 1997-2, 8-K, 1997-07-14



                                                   











                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                            Washington, D.C.  20549

                                             


                                    FORM 8-K

                     PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


    Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported):  June 4, 1997


                             Sassco Fashions, Ltd.                       
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


                                   Delaware                              
                 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)


       022-22269                           223497645                     
    Commission File Number             (IRS Employer Identification No.)


       77 Metro Way, Secaucus, New Jersey                     07094      
    (Address of principal executive offices)                   (Zip Code)


                                  (201) 864-0328       
                         Registrant's Telephone Number
















                                      Page 1 of 3<PAGE>





         Item 5.  Other Events.

                   Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this
         Form 8-K have the respective meanings assigned to them in the
         Fourth Amended and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization for
         Debtors Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the United States Bank-
         ruptcy Code Proposed by Debtors and Creditors' Committee,
         dated April 18, 1997 (the "Plan") a copy of which is attached
         as Exhibit 4 hereto.

                   Pursuant to the Plan, and by order of the Bank-
         ruptcy Court, dated April 21, 1997, confirming such Plan.  On
         June 4, 1997, The Leslie Fay Companies, Inc., a Delaware
         corporation ("Leslie Fay") was restructured and Sassco
         Fashions, Ltd., a Delaware corporation ("Sassco"), and a
         division of Leslie Fay, was transferred to Leslie Fay's
         creditors as a new entity.  In connection therewith, Sassco
         issued $110,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 12.75%
         Senior Notes Due 2004 (the "Notes") to John J. Caliolo, solely 
         in his capacity as Disbursing Agent, pursuant to an indenture 
         dated as of June 4, 1997 by and between Sassco and IBJ Schroder
         Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee").  In
         addition, Sassco and the Trustee executed a Supplemental
         Indenture, dated as of June 30, 1997 with respect to the Notes.


         Item 6.  Exhibits.

                   1.   Indenture, dated as of June 4, 1997 by and
                        between Sassco Fashions, Ltd. and IBJ Schroder
                        Bank & Trust Company, as trustee (filed herewith).

                   2.   Form of Note (attached as Exhibit A to Exhibit 1,
                        filed herewith).

                   3.   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30,
                        1997 by and between Sassco Fashions, Ltd. and
                        IBJ Schroder Bank and Trust Company, as
                        trustee (filed herewith).

                   4.   Fourth Amended and Restated Joint Plan of
                        Reorganization for Debtors Pursuant to Chapter
                        11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code Pro-
                        posed by Debtors and Creditors' Committee,
                        dated April 18, 1997 (filed herewith).












                                  Page 2 of 3<PAGE>





                                   SIGNATURE



                   Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the
         Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
         caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the under-
         signed, thereunto duly authorized.


         Dated:  July 14, 1997

                                      SASSCO FASHIONS, LTD.



                                      By: /s/ Dennis P. Kelley                 
                                          Name: Dennis P. Kelley
                                          Title: Chief Financial Officer





































                                  Page 3 of 3<PAGE>





                                  EXHIBIT LIST



                                                              Page No.

         1.   Indenture, dated as of June 4, 1997 by and
              between Sassco Fashions, Ltd. and IBJ Schroder
              Bank & Trust Company, as trustee (filed herewith).

         2.   Form of Note (attached as Exhibit A to Exhibit 1, filed 
              herewith).

         3.   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30,
              1997 by and between Sassco Fashions, Ltd. and
              IBJ Schroder Bank and Trust Company, as
              trustee (filed herewith).

         4.   Fourth Amended and Restated Joint Plan of
              Reorganization for Debtors Pursuant to Chapter
              11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code
              Proposed by Debtors and Creditors' Committee,
              dated April 18, 1997 (filed herewith).


                                                      Execution Copy
















                             SASSCO FASHIONS, LTD.

                                  $110,000,000

                         12.75% SENIOR NOTES, DUE 2004




                                                  

                                   INDENTURE

                            DATED AS OF JUNE 4, 1997

                                                  






                       IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY,
                                   as Trustee<PAGE>







                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                   ARTICLE 1
                         DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                  BY REFERENCE

         Section 1.1.    Definitions..............................     1

         Section 1.2.    Terms Defined in TIA.....................    16

         Section 1.3.    Rules of Construction....................    16


                                     ARTICLE 2
                                   THE SECURITIES

         Section 2.1.    Form and Dating..........................    16

         Section 2.2.    Execution and Authentication.............    16

         Section 2.3.    Terms....................................    17

         Section 2.4.    Registrar and Paying Agent...............    18

         Section 2.5.    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust......    18

         Section 2.6.    Securityholder Lists.....................    19

         Section 2.7.    Transfer and Exchange....................    19

         Section 2.8.    Replacement Securities...................    20

         Section 2.9.    Outstanding Securities...................    20

         Section 2.10.   Treasury Securities......................    20

         Section 2.11.   Temporary Securities.....................    21

         Section 2.12.   Cancellation.............................    21

         Section 2.13.   Defaulted Interest.......................    21

         Section 2.14.   Home Office Payment Agreements...........    22

         Section 2.15.   Deposit of Moneys........................    22

         Section 2.16.   CUSIP Number and Private
                         Placement Number.........................    23



                                      -i-<PAGE>







                                     ARTICLE 3
                                     REDEMPTION

         Section 3.1.    Certain Notices to Trustee...............    23

         Section 3.2.    Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed...    23

         Section 3.3.    Notice of Redemption.....................    24

         Section 3.4.    Effect of Notice of Redemption...........    25

         Section 3.5.    Deposit of Redemption Price..............    25

         Section 3.6.    Securities Redeemed in Part..............    26

         Section 3.7.    Optional Redemption......................    26


                                     ARTICLE 4
                                     COVENANTS

         Section 4.1.    Payment of Securities....................    26

         Section 4.2.    Maintenance of Office or Agency..........    27

         Section 4.3.    Corporate Existence......................    27

         Section 4.4.    Payment of Taxes and Other Claims........    28

         Section 4.5.    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance;
                         Books and Records; Compliance with Law...    28

         Section 4.6.    Compliance Certificates..................    29

         Section 4.7.    Reports..................................    30

         Section 4.8.    Limitation on Additional Indebtedness....    32

         Section 4.9.    Limitation on Investments................    33

         Section 4.10.   Limitation on Liens......................    33

         Section 4.11.   Limitation on Restricted Payments........    35

         Section 4.12.   Change of Control........................    36

         Section 4.13.   Limitations on Transactions with
                         Affiliates...............................    39

         Section 4.14.   Compliance with ERISA....................    39



                                      -ii-<PAGE>







         Section 4.15.   Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment
                         Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries......    40

         Section 4.16.   Conflicting Agreements...................    40

         Section 4.17.   Liquidation..............................    41

         Section 4.18.   Stay, Extension and Usury Laws...........    41

         Section 4.19.   Fiscal Year..............................    42

         Section 4.20.   Limitations on Consolidations,
                         Mergers and Certain Asset Sales..........    42

         Section 4.21.   Limitations on Sale of Assets............    42

         Section 4.22.   Change in Business.......................    43


                                     ARTICLE 5
                               DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         Section 5.1.    Events of Default........................    43

         Section 5.2.    Acceleration.............................    46

         Section 5.3.    Other Remedies...........................    46

         Section 5.4.    Waiver of Past Defaults..................    47

         Section 5.5.    Control by Majority......................    47

         Section 5.6.    Limitation on Suits......................    47

         Section 5.7.    Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.....    48

         Section 5.8.    Collection Suit by Trustee...............    48

         Section 5.9.    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.........    49

         Section 5.10.   Priorities...............................    49

         Section 5.11.   Undertaking for Costs....................    50


                                     ARTICLE 6
                                      TRUSTEE

         Section 6.1.    Duties of Trustee........................    50




                                     -iii-<PAGE>







         Section 6.2.    Rights of Trustee........................    52

         Section 6.3.    Trustee's Disclaimer.....................    52

         Section 6.4.    Notice of Defaults.......................    53

         Section 6.5.    Compensation and Indemnity...............    53

         Section 6.6.    Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals,
                         Disposition of Securities or Applica-
                         tion of Proceeds Thereof.................    54

         Section 6.7.    Trustee and Agents May Hold Securities;
                         Collections, etc.........................    54

         Section 6.8.    Replacement of Trustee...................    54

         Section 6.9.    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.........    55

         Section 6.10.   Eligibility..............................    56

         Section 6.11.   Appointment of Co-Trustee................    56

         Section 6.12.   Reports by Trustee to Holders............    56

         Section 6.13.   Preferential Collection of Claims
                         Against Company..........................    56

         Section 6.14.   Communication by Holders with Other
                         Holders..................................    57


                                     ARTICLE 7
                                     AMENDMENTS

         Section 7.1.    Without Consent of Holders...............    57

         Section 7.2.    With Consent of Holders..................    58

         Section 7.3.    Revocation and Effect of Consents........    59

         Section 7.4.    Notation on or Exchange of Securities....    59

         Section 7.5.    Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc..........    60


                                     ARTICLE 8
                               DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

         Section 8.1.    Termination of Company's Obligations.....    60



                                      -iv-<PAGE>







         Section 8.2.    Application of Trust Money...............    62

         Section 8.3.    Repayment to the Company.................    62

         Section 8.3.    Reinstatement............................    63


                                     ARTICLE 9
                         MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

         Section 9.1.    Purposes of Meetings.....................    63

         Section 9.2.    Call of Meetings by Trustee..............    64

         Section 9.3.    Call of Meetings by Company or
                         Security Holders.........................    64

         Section 9.4.    Persons Entitled to Vote at Meeting......    64

         Section 9.5.    Regulations for Meeting..................    65

         Section 9.6.    Proof of Execution of Instruments
                         and of Holding Securities................    65


                                     ARTICLE 10
                                   MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 10.1.   Conflict with Trust Indenture Act........    66

         Section 10.2.   Notices..................................    66

         Section 10.3.   Table of Contents, Headings, etc.........    68

         Section 10.4.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions
                         Precedent................................    68

         Section 10.5.   Statements Required in Certificate.......    68

         Section 10.6.   Rules by Trustee and Agents..............    68

         Section 10.7.   Legal Holidays...........................    69

         Section 10.8.   No Recourse Against Others...............    69

         Section 10.9.   Governing Law; Submission 
                         to Jurisdiction..........................    69

         Section 10.10.  No Adverse Integration of Other 
                         Agreements...............................    70



                                      -v-<PAGE>







         Section 10.11.  Successors...............................    70

         Section 10.12.  Severability.............................    70

         Section 10.13.  Counterpart Originals....................    70

         Section 10.14.  Accounting Terms.........................    70

         Section 10.15.  Transfers of Securities..................    71


         Exhibits:

         Exhibit A       Form of Securities







































                                      -vi-<PAGE>







                   INDENTURE dated as of June 4, 1997 between Sassco
         Fashions, Ltd., a Delaware corporation ("Company"), and IBJ
         Schroder Bank and Trust Company, as trustee ("Trustee").

                   The Company has duly authorized the execution and
         delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of
         12.75% Senior Notes, Due 2004.

                   All things necessary have been done to make the Se-
         curities, when executed by the Company and authenticated and
         delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid
         obligations of the Company and to make this Indenture a valid
         agreement of the Company.

                   Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit
         of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of
         the Holders of the Securities:


                                   ARTICLE 1
                         DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                  BY REFERENCE

                   Section 1.1.  Definitions.

                   "Accounts" shall mean, with respect to any Person,
         any "account" (as such term is defined in Section 9-106 of
         the UCC) now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person and,
         in any event, includes, without limitation, (i) all accounts
         receivable, book debts and other forms of obligations now
         owned or hereafter received or acquired by or belonging or
         owing to such Person (including, without limitation, under
         any trade name, style or division thereof) arising out of
         goods leased or sold or services rendered by such Person (in-
         cluding, without limitation, any such obligation which might
         be characterized as an account or contract right under the
         UCC), (ii) all of such Person's rights in, to and under all
         purchase orders or receipts now owned or hereafter acquired
         by it for goods or services and all of such Person's rights
         to any goods represented by any of the foregoing (including,
         without limitation, unpaid seller's rights of rescission, re-
         plevin, reclamation and stoppage in transit and rights to re-
         turned, reclaimed or repossessed goods), (iii) all moneys due
         or to become due to such Person under all contracts for the
         sale or lease of goods or the performance of services or any
         such activities by such Person (whether or not yet earned by
         performance on the part of such Person or in connection with
         any other transaction), now in existence or hereafter occur-
         ring, including, without limitation, the right to receive the
         proceeds of said purchase orders and contracts, and (iv) all<PAGE>







         collateral security and guarantees of any kind given by any
         Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

                   "Accumulated Funding Deficiency" has the meaning
         set forth in Section 302 of ERISA.

                   "Affiliate" means (i) any Person directly or indi-
         rectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indi-
         rect common control with the Company or any other obligor
         upon the Securities, (ii) any spouse, immediate family member
         or other relative who has the same principal residence of any
         Person described in (i) above, (iii) any trust in which any
         such Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) above has a ben-
         eficial interest and (iv) any corporation or other organi-
         zation of which any such Persons described in clause (i),
         (ii) or (iii) above collectively own more than 50% of the eq-
         uity of such entity.  For purposes of this definition, "con-
         trol" when used with respect to any Person means the power to
         direct the management and policies of such Person, directly
         or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting secu-
         rities, by contract or otherwise.  The terms "controlled" and
         "controlling" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

                   "Affiliate Transaction" has the meaning set forth
         in Section 4.13.

                   "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-
         registrar.

                   "Appraiser" means a Person who in the course of its
         business appraises property and, where Real Property is in-
         volved, who is a member in good standing of the American In-
         stitute of Real Estate Appraisers, recognized and licensed to
         do business in the jurisdiction where the applicable Real
         Property is situated, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

                   "Asset Sale" means any direct or indirect sale,
         conveyance, exchange, transfer, lease or other disposition to
         any Person, in one transaction or a series of related trans-
         actions, of (i) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the
         Company or (ii) any other property or asset of the Company or
         any Subsidiary of the Company.

                   "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11 of the U.S. Code or
         any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

                   "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors
         of the Company or any authorized committee of such Board of
         Directors.




                                      -2-<PAGE>







                   "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution
         certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
         Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors
         and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certi-
         fication, and delivered to the Trustee.

                   "Book Value" means, with respect to any property or
         asset of the Company, the value ascribed to such property or
         asset on the Company's books of record and account in the
         manner required by GAAP.

                   "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,
         a Sunday or a Legal Holiday.

                   "Capital Lease" means, at the time any determina-
         tion thereof is to be made, any lease of any property, real
         or personal, in respect of which the present value of the
         minimum rental commitment must be capitalized on a balance
         sheet of the lessee in accordance with GAAP.

                   "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any
         determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the lia-
         bility in respect of a Capital Lease which would at such time
         be so required to be capitalized on such balance sheet in ac-
         cordance with GAAP.

                   "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person,
         any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or
         other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or
         non-voting) of such Person's capital stock and any and all
         rights, warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible
         into such capital stock.

                   "Cash Equivalents" means, at any time (i) any evi-
         dence of Indebtedness with a maturity of 180 days or less is-
         sued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the
         United States of America or any agency or instrumentality
         thereof (provided, however, that the full faith and credit of
         the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);
         (ii) certificates of deposits or acceptances with a maturity
         of 180 days or less of any financial institution that is a
         member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital
         and surplus and undivided profits of not less than
         $500,000,000 and a minimum rating from Moody's Investors Ser-
         vice, Inc. of at least single A; (iii) commercial paper with
         a maturity of 180 days or less issued by a corporation (ex-
         cept an Affiliate) organized under the laws of any state of
         the United States of America or the District of Columbia and
         rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's Corporation or at




                                      -3-<PAGE>







         least P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; and (iv) repur-
         chase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating
         to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally
         guaranteed by the United States of America or issued by any
         agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the
         United States of America, in each case maturing within one
         year from the date of acquisition; provided, however, that
         the terms of such agreements comply with the guidelines set
         forth in the Federal Financial Agreements of Depositary In-
         stitutions with Securities and Others, as adopted by the Com-
         ptroller of the Currency.

                   "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any
         Person or "group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of
         the Exchange Act) acquiring "beneficial ownership" (as de-
         fined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or in-
         directly, of 50 percent or more of the aggregate voting power
         of the Capital Stock of the Company, other than a group con-
         trolled by Arthur S. Levine.

                   "Change of Control Offer" has the meaning set forth
         in Section 4.12(a).

                   "Change of Control Payment Date" has the meaning
         set forth in Section 4.12(a).

                   "Change of Control Price" has the meaning set forth
         in Section 4.12(a).

                   "Commonly Controlled Entity" means an entity,
         whether or not incorporated, which is under common control
         with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA.

                   "Company" means Sassco Fashions, Ltd., a Delaware
         corporation.

                   "Competitor" means (i) any Person which is engaged
         in the business of manufacturing, distributing or selling
         women's apparel or (ii) any "Affiliate" as such term is de-
         fined in Rule 405 promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act
         of 1933.

                   "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any
         Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
         Person for such period plus (i) an amount equal to any ordi-
         nary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with an
         Asset Sale (to the extent such losses were deducted in com-
         puting such Consolidated Net Income), plus (ii) provision for
         taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Sub-
         sidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision



                                      -4-<PAGE>







         for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
         Income, plus (iii) consolidated interest expense of such
         Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
         accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without
         limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash
         interest payments, the interest component of any deferred
         payment obligations, the interest component of all payments
         associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions,
         discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of
         letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net
         payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the
         extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such
         Consolidated Net Income, plus (iv) depreciation, amortization
         (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but
         excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were
         paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges (excluding
         any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an
         accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period
         or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a
         prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
         for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amorti-
         zation and other non-cash charges were deducted in computing
         such Consolidated Net Income.

                   "Consolidated EBIT" means, with respect to any Per-
         son for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Per-
         son for such period increased (to the extent deducted in de-
         termining Consolidated Net Income) by the sum of:  (i) all
         income taxes of such Person and its Subsidiaries provided in
         accordance with GAAP for such period (other than income taxes
         attributable to extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains
         or losses and other than deferred taxes); (ii) all interest
         expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries paid, accrued or
         capitalized in accordance with GAAP (net of any interest in-
         come of such Person and its Subsidiaries) for such period and
         (iii) all foreign currency losses less foreign currency gains
         of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period.

                   "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any
         Person for any period, the Consolidated EBIT of such Person
         for such period plus depreciation and amortization and any
         other non-cash charges for such period to the extent deducted
         in determining the Consolidated EBIT of such Person and its
         Subsidiaries for such period.

                   "Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio" means, with
         respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA
         of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters that immedi-
         ately precede the date of the transaction or other circum-
         stance giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated



                                      -5-<PAGE>







         Interest Coverage Ratio (the "Transaction Date") to (ii) all
         cash and non-cash interest expense of such Person and its
         Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP (net of any
         interest income of such Person and its Subsidiaries and ex-
         clusive of amortization of deferred financing fees of such
         Person and its Subsidiaries) and the aggregate amount of cash
         dividends or other distributions declared or paid on Capital
         Stock (other than common stock) of such Person and its Sub-
         sidiaries, in each case for such four full fiscal quarter pe-
         riod.  In addition to and without limitation of the forego-
         ing, for purposes of this definition, "Consolidated EBITDA"
         and the items referred to in the preceding clause (ii) shall
         be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for
         the period of such calculation to the incurrence of any In-
         debtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries at any
         time during the period (the "Reference Period") (A) commenc-
         ing on the first day of the four full fiscal quarter period
         that precedes the Transaction Date and (B) ending on and in-
         cluding the Transaction Date, including, without limitation,
         the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to
         make such calculation, as if such incurrence occurred on the
         first day of the Reference Period; provided, however, that if
         such Person or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly
         guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the above clause
         shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed In-
         debtedness as if such Person or Subsidiary had directly in-
         curred such guaranteed Indebtedness.

                   "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to
         any Person for any period, the net income of such Person and
         its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis,
         determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that
         (i) the net income of any Person other than a Subsidiary of
         such Person (the "Other Person") shall be included to the ex-
         tent of the amount of cash dividends or distributions paid by
         the Other Person to such Person or a Subsidiary of such Per-
         son, (ii) the net income of any Person acquired in a pooling
         of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of
         the acquisition of such Person shall be excluded, (iii) ex-
         traordinary gains and losses shall be excluded, (iv) any non-
         cash charges resulting from the application of, and compli-
         ance with, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
         106 or any similar accounting standard adopted by the Company
         shall be excluded, and (v) gains (net of related income
         taxes) realized from Asset Sales shall be excluded.

                   "Consolidated Total Assets" means, with respect to
         any Person, the total consolidated assets of such Person as
         shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Person.




                                      -6-<PAGE>







                   "Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" shall be at
         the address of the Trustee specified in Section 9.3 or such
         other address as the Trustee may give notice of to the Com-
         pany.

                   "Co-Trustee" means any Person appointed by the
         Trustee pursuant to Section 6.11.

                   "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee,
         liquidator, sequestrator or similar official charged with
         maintaining possession or control over property for one or
         more creditors.

                   "Default" means any event which is, or after notice
         or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

                   "Default Interest" has the meaning set forth in
         Section 4.1.

                   "Default Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section
         4.1.

                   "Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any
         Person, any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the
         terms of any security into which it is convertible or for
         which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any
         event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
         sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the
         option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part on, or pri-
         or to, the Maturity Date of the Securities.

                   "Effective Date" means the date of this Indenture.

                   "Equity Offering" means an underwritten public of-
         fering of Capital Stock of the Company.

                   "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Secu-
         rity Act of 1974 and the rules and regulations issued there-
         under, as amended from time to time.

                   "ERISA Affiliate" means, in relation to any Person,
         any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is
         a member of a group of which that Person is a member and
         which is under common control within the meaning of the regu-
         lations promulgated under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue
         Code.

                   "ERISA Termination Event" means (i) a Reportable
         Event, or (ii) the withdrawal of the Company or any of its
         respective ERISA Affiliates from a Plan during a plan year



                                      -7-<PAGE>







         including Plans in which it was a "substantial employer" as
         defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or (iii) the filing
         of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the treatment of
         a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of
         ERISA, or (iv) the institution of proceedings to terminate a
         Plan by the PBGC, or (v) any other event or condition which
         would constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the
         termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to adminis-
         ter, any Plan.

                   "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in
         Section 5.1.

                   "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of
         1934, as amended.

                   "Fair Market Value" or "fair value" means, with re-
         spect to any asset or property, the price which could be ne-
         gotiated in an arm's-length free market transaction, for
         cash, between an informed and willing seller and an informed
         and willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue
         pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.  Fair
         Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors
         acting in good faith and shall be evidenced by a Board Reso-
         lution delivered to the Trustee except (i) any determination
         of Fair Market Value made with respect to any Real Property
         shall be made by an Appraiser and (ii) as otherwise indicated
         in this Indenture.

                   "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of the Company
         and its Subsidiaries which ends on December 31.

                   "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting princi-
         ples set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Ac-
         counting Principles Board of the American Institute of Cer-
         tified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements
         of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
         statements by such other entity as may be approved by a sig-
         nificant segment of the accounting profession of the United
         States, which are applicable as of the date of determination.

                   "Governmental Authority" means any nation or gov-
         ernment, any state or political subdivision thereof and any
         entity exercising elective, legislative, judicial, regulatory
         or administrative functions of or pertaining to any govern-
         ment.

                   "Guaranty" or "guaranty" means, as applied to any
         obligation, (a) a guaranty (other than (i) by endorsement of
         negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course



                                      -8-<PAGE>







         of business, and (ii) a Performance Guaranty), direct or in-
         direct, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters
         of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),
         of any part or all of such obligation, and (b) an agreement,
         direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical
         effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or per-
         formance (or payment of damages in the event of nonperfor-
         mance) of any part or all of such obligation, including,
         without limiting the foregoing, the payment of amounts drawn
         down by letters of credit, but excluding any Performance
         Guaranty.  The amount of a guaranty shall be deemed to be the
         maximum amount of the obligation guarantied for which the
         guarantor could be held liable under such guaranty.

                   "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any
         Person, the obligations of such Person under (i) currency ex-
         change or interest rate swap agreements, currency exchange or
         interest rate cap agreements and currency exchange or inter-
         est rate collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or ar-
         rangements designed to protect such Person against fluctua-
         tions in currency exchange or interest rates.

                   "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Security is
         registered.

                   "Incur" or "incur" has the meaning set forth in
         Section 4.8.

                   "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person,
         without duplication, (i) all obligations for borrowed money,
         (ii) all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or
         other similar instruments, (iii) all Capital Lease Obliga-
         tions, (iv) all obligations issued or assumed as the deferred
         purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations
         and all obligations under any title retention agreement (but
         excluding trade accounts payable or accrued expenses arising
         in the ordinary course of business), (v) all obligations is-
         sued or contracted for as payment in consideration of the
         purchase by such Person of the stock or substantially all the
         assets or a merger or consolidation, (vi) all obligations for
         the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit,
         banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction (but ex-
         cluding trade letters of credit issued in support of trade
         account payables arising in the ordinary course of business
         and performance letters of credit), (vii) all obligations of
         the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of other
         Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of
         which, in either case, such Person is directly or indirectly
         responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, and
         (viii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i)



                                      -9-<PAGE>







         through (vii) of other Persons which are secured by any Lien
         on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such
         obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such
         property or asset or the amount of the obligation so secured.

                   "Indenture" means this Indenture as supplemented,
         amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

                   "Independent" when used with respect to any speci-
         fied Person means such a Person who (a) is in fact indepen-
         dent, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any
         material indirect financial interest in the Company or in any
         Affiliate of the Company and (c) is not an officer, employee,
         promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner or director or person
         performing similar functions to any of the foregoing for the
         Company.  Whenever it is provided in this Indenture that any
         Independent Person's opinion or certificate shall be fur-
         nished to the Trustee, such Person shall be appointed by the
         Company and approved by the Trustee in the exercise of rea-
         sonable care, and such opinion or certificate shall state
         that the signer has read this definition and that the signer
         is Independent within the meaning thereof.

                   "Institutional Holder" means any bank, trust com-
         pany, insurance company, pension fund, investment company or
         other financial institution, including, without limitation,
         any "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of
         Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, which is or
         becomes a Holder.

                   "interest," when used with respect to any Security,
         means the amount of all interest accruing on such Security at
         the stated interest rate and all interest accruing on such
         Security at the Default Rate in accordance with Section 4.1.

                   "Interest Payment Date," when used with respect to
         any Security, means the stated maturity of an installment of
         interest specified in such Security.

                   "Inventory" shall mean, with respect to any Person,
         any "inventory" (as such term is defined in Section 9-109(4)
         of the UCC) now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person,
         and wherever located, and, in any event, includes, without
         limitation, all inventory, merchandise, goods and other per-
         sonal property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person
         which are held for sale or lease or are furnished or are to
         be furnished under a contract of service or which constitute
         raw materials, work in process or materials used or consumed
         or to be used or consumed in such Person's business, or the




                                      -10-<PAGE>







         processing, packaging, delivery or shipping of the same, and
         all finished goods.

                   "Issue Date" means the date on which the Securities
         are issued.

                   "Legal Holiday" means any day on which banking in-
         stitutions in New York, New York are required or authorized
         by law or other governmental action to be closed.

                   "Lien" means, with respect to any asset or prop-
         erty, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
         or other encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever in re-
         spect of such asset or property, whether or not filed, re-
         corded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including
         any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
         lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to
         sell and any filing of or agreement to give any financing
         statement under the UCC (or equivalent statutes) of any ju-
         risdiction).

                   "Maturity Date" means, when used with respect to
         any Security, the date specified in such Security as the
         fixed date on which the principal of such Security is due and
         payable (in the absence of any acceleration thereof pursuant
         to Section 5.2).

                   "Multiemployer Plan" means a Plan which is a multi-
         employer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

                   "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any As-
         set Sale or Equity Offering, the aggregate amount of (i) cash
         received by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may
         be, from such Asset Sale or Equity Offering, after (a) provi-
         sion for all income or other taxes payable as a result of
         such Asset Sale or Equity Offering, and (b) payment of all
         brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses
         related to such Asset Sale or Equity Offering and (ii) Cash
         Equivalents, promissory notes or readily marketable debt or
         equity securities received by the Company or such Subsidiary,
         as the case may be, from such Asset Sale or Equity Offering,
         but only in amounts equal to cash received on account of the
         liquidation or payment of such notes or securities when and
         as received.

                   "Obligations" means, collectively, all of the In-
         debtedness, obligations and liabilities whether direct or in-
         direct, joint or several, actual, absolute or contingent, ma-
         tured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or




                                      -11-<PAGE>







         unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or other-
         wise, including any principal, interest (including post-peti-
         tion interest), premiums, penalties and fees, of the Company
         or any Subsidiary thereof payable under the documentation
         governing any such Indebtedness.

                   "Officers" means the President, the Treasurer, any
         Assistant Treasurer, Controller, Secretary or any Vice-Pres-
         ident of the Company.

                   "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed
         by two Officers.  

                   "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from
         legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee.  The counsel
         may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any other
         obligor upon the Securities or to the Trustee.  

                   "Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section
         2.4.

                   "Payment Default" has the meaning set forth in Sec-
         tion 5.1(7).

                   "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corpora-
         tion, or any successor thereto.

                   "Performance Guaranty" means, in respect of the
         Company or any of its Subsidiaries, contingent obligations
         arising from the issuance of performance guaranties, assur-
         ances, indemnities, bonds, letters of credit or similar
         agreements in the ordinary course of business in respect of
         the contracts (other than for borrowed money) of the Company
         or any of the Subsidiaries of the Company for the benefit of
         surety companies or for the benefit of others to induce such
         others to forgo the issuance of a surety bond in their favor.

                   "Permitted Investments" means (i) Restricted In-
         vestments in existence as of the date hereof, (ii) certifi-
         cates of deposit with final maturities of one year or less
         issued by commercial banks chartered in the United States of
         America (a "Commercial Bank") with capital and surplus in ex-
         cess of $100,000,000, (iii) commercial paper rated at least
         P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or at least A-1 by
         Standard & Poor's Corporation, (iv) direct obligations issued
         by the United States of America or any agency thereof with a
         maturity not more than one year from the date of acquisition,
         (v) money market preferred stock rated A or above, (vi) tax-
         exempt floating rate option tender bonds, backed by a letter
         of credit issued by a Commercial Bank rated AA by Standard &



                                      -12-<PAGE>







         Poor's Corporation or Aa by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
         and (vii) equity or debt investments in wholly-owned Subsid-
         iaries with lines of business similar to that of the Company
         or any of its Subsidiaries' existing lines of business.

                   "Person" means any individual, corporation, part-
         nership, joint venture, association, joint stock company,
         trust, unincorporated organization or government or any
         agency or political subdivision thereof.

                   "Plan" means, at any particular time any employee
         benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, in respect
         of which the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates or a Com-
         monly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated
         at which time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to
         be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

                   "principal" of a debt security means the principal
         of the security.

                   "Prohibited Transaction" has the meaning set forth
         in Section 406 of ERISA.

                   "Real Property" means any interest in any real pro-
         perty or any portion thereof whether owned in fee or leased
         or otherwise owned.

                   "Redemption Price" means, with respect to any Secu-
         rity to be redeemed, the principal and premium, if any, plus
         accrued interest on such Security as of the date fixed for
         such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

                   "Registrar" has the meaning set forth in Section
         2.4.

                   "Reorganization Plan" means the Fourth Amended and
         Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization for Debtors Pursuant to
         Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code Proposed by
         Debtors and Creditors' Committee, in the jointly administered
         chapter 11 reorganization cases commenced by The Leslie Fay
         Companies, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, Chapter 11 Case No. 93B
         41724 (TLB), confirmed by order of the United States Bank-
         ruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York entered on
         April 21, 1997, either in its form on the Effective Date or
         as it may subsequently be supplemented, amended or otherwise
         modified from time to time in accordance with the Bankruptcy
         Law, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and the
         Reorganization Plan, including all appendices, exhibits and
         schedules thereto.




                                      -13-<PAGE>







                   "Reportable Event" means any of the events set
         forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA and the regulations there-
         under, other than those events as to which the thirty (30)
         day notice period is waived under subsection .13, .14, .16,
         .18, .19 or .20 of Section 2615 of the regulations of the PBGC.

                   "Requesting Holder" means any Holder who delivers a
         written notice to the Company requesting that the Company de-
         liver directly to such Holder all certificates, notices and
         reports required to be delivered to the Trustee under the
         terms of this Indenture.

                   "Restricted Investment" means any capital contribu-
         tion to, or other debt or equity investment in, any Person
         (other than Permitted Investments).

                   "Restricted Payment" with respect to any Person
         means (i) the payment or declaration of any distribution on
         account of any class of such Person's Capital Stock; (ii) re-
         demptions, purchases or other acquisitions (direct or indi-
         rect) of such Person's Capital Stock; (iii) optional prepay-
         ment of any subordinated Indebtedness of such Person; and
         (iv) any Restricted Investment.

                   "Restricted Securities" means Securities which were
         acquired by the Holder thereof other than pursuant to an ef-
         fective registration statement under the Securities Act or
         Rule 144 (or any successor rule) thereunder.

                   "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                   "Securities" means the 12.75% Senior Notes due
         March 31, 2004 referred to in the preamble to this Indenture
         and issued pursuant hereto.

                   "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933,
         as amended.

                   "Securityholder" means a Holder of one or more Se-
         curities.

                   "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of
         the Company which would be a "significant subsidiary" as de-
         fined in Rule 1-O2 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act
         and the Exchange Act.








                                      -14-<PAGE>







                   "Single Employer Plan" shall have the meaning set
         forth in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA.

                   "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i)
         any corporation of which at least a majority of the outstand-
         ing Capital Stock or other equity interests having ordinary
         voting power for the election of directors or other governing
         body of such corporation is owned directly or indirectly by
         such Person or (ii) any other Person of which at least a ma-
         jority of voting interest is at the time, directly or indi-
         rectly, owned by such Person.  Unless otherwise specified,
         any reference to a Subsidiary is deemed to be a reference to
         a Subsidiary of the Company.

                   "Supplemental Indenture" means any supplemental in-
         denture to this Indenture.

                   "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15
         U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended.

                   "Trust Officer" means any officer in the Corporate
         Trust Division of the Trustee, or any other officer or assis-
         tant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to admin-
         ister its corporate trust matters.

                   "Trustee" means the party named as such above until
         a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable
         provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the succes-
         sor serving hereunder.

                   "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in ef-
         fect in the State of New York.

                   "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obliga-
         tions of the United States of America for the payment of
         which the full faith and credit of the United States of
         America is pledged.

                   "Working Capital Facility" means that certain Re-
         volving Credit Agreement made as of June 4, 1997 by and among
         the Company, the lender parties thereto, Bank Boston, N.A.,
         as administrative and collateral agent, BancBoston Securities
         Corp. as syndication agent and Heller Financial, Inc. as Co-
         Agent, and all agreements, instruments and documents entered
         into in connection therewith, as any of the same may be
         supplemented, amended or otherwise modified from time to
         time.






                                      -15-<PAGE>







                   Section 1.2.  Terms Defined in TIA.

                   All terms used in this Indenture and not defined
         herein that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
         to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have
         the meanings so assigned to them.

                   Section 1.3.  Rules of Construction.

                   Unless the context otherwise requires:

                   (1)  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                   (2)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has
              the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP in
              the United States;

                   (3)  "or" is not exclusive;

                   (4)  "including" means including, but not limited
              to;

                   (5)  words in the singular include the plural, and
              in the plural include the singular;

                   (6)  provisions apply to successive events and
              transactions; and

                   (7)  all references to sections and subsections are
              references to sections and subsections of this Inden-
              ture, except as expressly provided otherwise.


                                   ARTICLE 2
                                 THE SECURITIES

                   Section 2.1.  Form and Dating.

                   The Securities and the Trustee's certificate of au-
         thentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A,
         which is attached and made part of this Indenture.  The Secu-
         rities may have notations, legends or endorsements required
         by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each Security shall be
         dated the date of its authentication.  The Securities shall
         be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

                   Section 2.2.  Execution and Authentication.

                   Two Officers shall sign the Securities for the Com-
         pany by manual or facsimile signature.  The Company's seal



                                      -16-<PAGE>







         shall be impressed, affixed, imprinted or reproduced on the
         Securities.

                   If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no
         longer holds that office at the time the Security is authen-
         ticated, the Security shall nevertheless be valid.

                   A Security shall not be valid until authenticated
         by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the
         Trustee.  Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that
         the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.
         The form of Trustee's certificate of authentication to be
         borne by the Securities shall be substantially as set forth
         in the form of Securities attached hereto.

                   The Trustee shall authenticate the Securities for
         original issue in an aggregate principal amount of
         $110,000,000.  The aggregate principal amount of Securities
         outstanding at any time may not exceed the amount set forth
         herein except as provided in Section 2.3.

                   The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent ac-
         ceptable to the Company to authenticate securities.  An au-
         thenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the
         Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to au-
         thentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
         agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an
         Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate.

                   Section 2.3.  Terms.

                   (a)  The aggregate principal amount of Securities
         which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture
         is limited to $110,000,000, except for Securities authenti-
         cated and delivered upon registration of the transfer of, in
         exchange for, or in replacement of, other Securities pursuant
         to Sections 2.7 and 2.8 hereof.

                   (b)  The Securities shall have a Maturity Date of
         March 31, 2004 and shall bear interest at the rate of 12.75%
         per annum.  Interest shall be (i) computed on the basis of a
         360-day year of twelve 30-day months and (ii) payable in ar-
         rears on September 30, 1997 and semiannually on each March 31
         and September 30 thereafter.

                   (c)  The Securities shall be redeemable as provided
         in Article 3.






                                      -17-<PAGE>







                   Section 2.4.  Registrar and Paying Agent.

                   The Company shall maintain an office or agency
         where Securities may be presented for registration of trans-
         fer or for exchange ("Registrar"), an office or agency where
         Securities may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent") and
         an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the
         Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may
         be served.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Secu-
         rities and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may
         appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional
         paying agents.  The term "Paying Agent" includes any addi-
         tional paying agent.  The Company shall notify the Trustee of
         the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Inden-
         ture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another
         entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the
         foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be
         entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Sec-
         tion 6.5.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as
         Registrar or co-registrar.  Neither the Company nor any of
         its Affiliates may act as Paying Agent.

                   The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency
         agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, in
         form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee,
         which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA.  The
         agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture
         that relate to such Agent.

                   The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Reg-
         istrar, Paying Agent and agent for service of notices and de-
         mands in connection with the Securities.

                   Section 2.5.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

                   The Company (or any other obligor upon the Securi-
         ties) shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee
         to agree in writing (and in form and substance reasonably
         satisfactory to the Trustee) that the Paying Agent will hold
         in trust for the benefit of the Securityholders or the
         Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
         principal of, interest on or other amounts including premi-
         ums, if any, in respect of the Securities, and will promptly
         notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any
         other obligor upon the Securities) in making any such pay-
         ment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may re-
         quire a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
         Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed.  The Company
         (or any other obligor upon the Securities) at any time may
         require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the



                                      -18-<PAGE>







         Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
         shall have no further liability for the money delivered to
         the Trustee.

                   Section 2.6.  Securityholder Lists.

                   The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as
         is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to
         it of the names and addresses of Securityholders.  If the
         Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company (and/or any other
         obligor upon the Securities) shall furnish to the Trustee at
         least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date
         (and in all events at intervals of not more than six months)
         and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writ-
         ing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee
         may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securi-
         tyholders.

                   Section 2.7.  Transfer and Exchange.

                   When Securities are presented to the Registrar or a
         co-registrar with a request from the Holder of such Securi-
         ties to register the transfer of or to exchange them for an
         equal principal amount of Securities of other authorized de-
         nominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or
         make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such
         transactions are met; provided, however, that (a) any Secu-
         rity presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
         exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
         instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar
         and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder thereof or his
         attorney duly authorized in writing and (b) Section 9.16, if
         applicable, has been complied with.  To permit registrations
         of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall issue and exe-
         cute and the Trustee shall authenticate new Securities evi-
         dencing such transfer or exchange at the Registrar's request.
         Neither the Registrar nor any co-registrar shall be required
         to exchange or register the transfer of any Security selected
         for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Security
         being redeemed in part.  Neither the Company nor the Regis-
         trar or any co-registrar shall be required to issue, ex-
         change, or register the transfer of any Security during the
         period commencing 15 days before the day of selection of Se-
         curities for redemption and ending at the close of business
         on the day of selection.

                   No service charge shall be made to the Security-
         holder for any registration of transfer or exchange (except
         as otherwise expressly permitted herein), but the Company may
         require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax



                                      -19-<PAGE>







         or similar governmental charge that may be imposed in rela-
         tion to a transfer or exchange (other than such transfer tax
         or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursu-
         ant to Sections 2.11 or 7.4 hereof).

                   Section 2.8.  Replacement Securities.

                   If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the
         Registrar or the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee re-
         ceive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss
         or theft of any Security, the Company shall issue and execute
         and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if
         the Trustee's requirements are met.  If the Trustee or the
         Company so requires, the Holder must supply an indemnity bond
         that is sufficient in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee
         and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any
         Agent or any authenticating agent from any loss which any of
         them may suffer if a Security is replaced.  Every replacement
         Security shall constitute an additional Obligation of the
         Company.  The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder
         for their actual out of pocket expenses in replacing a Secu-
         rity.

                   Section 2.9.  Outstanding Securities.

                   The Securities outstanding at any time are all the
         Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those can-
         celed by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those
         described in this Section as not outstanding.

                   If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8,
         it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof
         satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a
         bona fide purchaser in whose hands such security is a legal,
         valid and binding Obligation of the Company.

                   If the principal amount of any Security is consid-
         ered paid under Section 4.1, it ceases to be outstanding and
         interest on it ceases to accrue.

                   A Security does not cease to be outstanding because
         the Company or an Affiliate holds the Security.

                   Section 2.10.  Treasury Securities.

                   In determining whether the Holders of the required
         principal amount of Securities have concurred in any declara-
         tion of acceleration or notice of default or direction,
         waiver or consent or any amendment, Securities owned by the




                                      -20-<PAGE>







         Company, any other obligor upon the Securities or an Affili-
         ate shall be disregarded as though not outstanding, except
         that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee
         shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver
         or consent to any amendment, modification or other change to
         this Indenture, only Securities which the Trustee actually
         knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

                   Section 2.11.  Temporary Securities.

                   Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery,
         the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate
         temporary Securities.  Temporary Securities shall be substan-
         tially in the form of definitive Securities but may have var-
         iations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary
         Securities.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall
         prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Securi-
         ties in exchange for temporary Securities.  Until such ex-
         change, temporary Securities shall be entitled to the same
         rights, benefits and privileges as the definitive Securities.

                   Section 2.12.  Cancellation.

                   The Company at any time may deliver Securities to
         the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent
         shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to
         them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The
         Trustee shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registra-
         tion of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancella-
         tion and shall destroy canceled Securities unless, by a writ-
         ten order, signed by two Officers, the Company directs them
         to be returned to it.  The Company may not reissue or resell,
         or issue new Securities to replace, Securities that it has
         redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee
         for cancellation.

                   Section 2.13.  Defaulted Interest.

                   If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on
         the Securities, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any
         lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, any interest pay-
         able on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Secu-
         rityholders on a subsequent special record date, which date
         shall be at least five Business Days prior to the payment
         date, in each case at the rate provided therefor in the Secu-
         rities and in Section 4.1 hereof.  The Company shall, with
         the consent of the Trustee, fix each such special record date
         and payment date.  At least 15 days before such special
         record date, the Company (or the Trustee, in the name of and




                                      -21-<PAGE>







         at the expense of the Company) shall mail to each Security-
         holder a notice that states the special record date, the re-
         lated payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and
         interest payable on such defaulted interest to be paid.  At
         the Company's request, the Trustee shall give such notice of
         redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's ex-
         pense; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to
         the Trustee, at least 15 days prior to the date that notice
         must be given to the Securityholders, an Officers' Certifi-
         cate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting
         forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided
         in this Section 2.13.

                   Section 2.14.  Home Office Payment Agreements.

                   Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture or
         of the Securities to the contrary, payments of interest on,
         premiums, if any, and all or any portion of the principal of,
         any Security, other than the final payment of principal on a
         Security, shall be made by the Paying Agent directly to any
         Holder of principal amount of $1,000,000 or more of such Se-
         curity (by federal funds transfer) without surrender or pre-
         sentation thereof to the Paying Agent if such Holder (a) pro-
         vides the Company and the Trustee with an undertaking that
         such Holder (or the Person for whom such Holder is a nominee)
         will, before selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of
         any such Security, make a notation thereon, or submit the
         same to the Trustee for notation thereon, of the date to
         which interest has been paid thereon and the amount of all
         redemptions previously made thereon, or surrender the same to
         the Trustee in exchange for a Security or Securities aggre-
         gating the same principal amount as the unredeemed principal
         amount of the Securities surrendered and (b) provides the
         Trustee with wire transfer or other payment instructions rea-
         sonably satisfactory to the Trustee on or before the record
         date for such payment to be made to such Holder.  The Company
         will indemnify and hold the Trustee and the Paying Agent
         harmless against any liability resulting from any act or
         omission to act on the part of the Company or any such Holder
         in connection with any such agreement or which the Paying
         Agent may incur as a result of making any payment in accor-
         dance with any such agreement.

                   Section 2.15.  Deposit of Moneys.

                   On each Interest Payment Date and the Maturity
         Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent
         in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash
         payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or the
         Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which



                                      -22-<PAGE>







         permits the Trustee to remit payment to the Holders on such
         Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may
         be.

                   Section 2.16.  CUSIP Number and Private
                                  Placement Number.

                   The Company in issuing the Securities may use a
         "CUSIP" number, and if so, such CUSIP number shall be in-
         cluded in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience
         to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state
         that no representation is made as to the correctness or ac-
         curacy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the
         Securities, and that reliance may be placed only on the other
         identification numbers printed on the Securities.  The Com-
         pany will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the
         CUSIP number.  In addition, the Company shall, if applicable,
         at the Company's expense, procure a "Private Placement" num-
         ber for the Securities issued pursuant to this Indenture.


                                   ARTICLE 3
                                   REDEMPTION

                   Section 3.1.  Certain Notices to Trustee.

                   If the Company intends to redeem Securities pursu-
         ant to the provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, it shall notify
         the Trustee in writing, at least 45 days before a redemption
         date (and at least two Business Days before a notice of
         redemption is sent to the Holders), of the redemption date,
         the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the
         Redemption Price and shall furnish to the Trustee an
         Officers' Certificate stating that such redemption will
         comply with the conditions contained herein and in the
         Securities.

                   Section 3.2.  Selection of Securities to Be
                                 Redeemed.

                   If less than all of the Securities are to be re-
         deemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be re-
         deemed on a pro rata basis or by lottery in multiples of
         $1,000 among the outstanding Securities.

                   The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in
         writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the
         case of Securities selected for partial redemption, the prin-
         cipal amount to be redeemed.  Securities and portions of them
         selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of



                                      -23-<PAGE>







         $1,000; except that if all of the Securities of a Holder are
         to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Securities
         held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall
         be redeemed.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
         provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called
         for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called
         for redemption.

                   Section 3.3.  Notice of Redemption.

                   At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a
         redemption date the Company shall mail a notice of redemption
         by first class mail to each Holder whose Securities are to be
         redeemed and the Trustee and the Paying Agent.

                   The notice shall identify the Securities to be re-
         deemed and shall state:

                   (1)  the redemption date;

                   (2)  the Redemption Price;

                   (3)  if any Security is being redeemed in part, the
              portion of the principal amount of such Security to be
              redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon sur-
              render of such Security, a new Security or Securities in
              aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed por-
              tion thereof will be issued without charge to the Secu-
              rityholder;

                   (4)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                   (5)  that Securities called for redemption must be
              surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemp-
              tion Price, except as provided in Section 2.14 hereof;

                   (6)  that, unless the Company defaults in making
              the redemption payment, interest on Securities called
              for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemp-
              tion date;

                   (7)  the paragraph of the Securities and the sec-
              tion of the Indenture pursuant to which the Securities
              called for redemption are being redeemed;

                   (8)  if less than all of the Securities are to be
              redeemed, the identification of the particular Securi-
              ties (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the
              aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed




                                      -24-<PAGE>







              and the aggregate principal amount of Securities esti-
              mated to be outstanding after such partial redemption;
              and

                   (9)  the CUSIP number or Private Placement number,
              if any, pursuant to Section 2.16 hereof.

                   At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give
         the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at the
         Company's expense; provided, however, that the Company shall
         deliver to the Trustee, at least 15 days prior to the date
         that notice must be given to the Securityholders, an Offic-
         ers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice
         and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice
         as provided in the preceding paragraph.

                   Section 3.4.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.

                   Once notice of redemption is mailed, Securities
         called for redemption become due and payable on the redemp-
         tion date at the Redemption Price.

                   Section 3.5.  Deposit of Redemption Price.

                   At least one Business Day prior to the redemption
         date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the
         Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient
         to pay the Redemption Price of all Securities or portions
         thereof to be redeemed on that date.  The Trustee or the Pay-
         ing Agent shall return to the Company any excess money not
         required for such redemption.

                   If the Company complies with the preceding para-
         graph, interest on the Securities to be redeemed shall cease
         to accrue on the applicable redemption date, whether or not
         such Securities are presented for payment.  If any Security
         called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for
         redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply
         with the preceding paragraph, interest shall continue to ac-
         crue on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until
         such principal is paid, and on any interest not paid on such
         unpaid principal, in each case at the Default Rate provided
         in the Securities and in Section 4.1 hereof.










                                      -25-<PAGE>







                   Section 3.6.  Securities Redeemed in Part.

                   Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in
         part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenti-
         cate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Secu-
         rity equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of
         the Security surrendered.

                   Section 3.7.  Optional Redemption.

                   (a)  Subject to Section 4.12, and except as set
         forth in subsection (b) of this Section 3.7, the Securities
         may not be redeemed in whole or in part prior to January 1,
         2000.  On or after that date, the Company may redeem the Se-
         curities in whole or in part at any time at the following Re-
         demption Prices (expressed in percentages of principal
         amount), plus accrued interest to the redemption date:

                         Period Redeemed               Percentage
                         ---------------               ----------

            January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000   106.375%
            January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001   104.250%
            January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002   102.125%
            January 1, 2003 through the Maturity Date   100.000%

                   (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection
         (a) of this Section 3.7, at any time prior to January 1,
         2000, the Company may redeem in part and from time to time
         with the net proceeds of one or more public equity offerings,
         up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the
         Securities at a Redemption Price of 110% of the principal
         amount of the Securities to be redeemed plus accrued interest
         to the redemption date.


                                   ARTICLE 4
                                   COVENANTS

                   Section 4.1.  Payment of Securities.

                   The Company shall pay the principal of, premium (if
         any), and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the
         manner provided in the Securities and this Indenture.  Prin-
         cipal, premium (if any) and interest shall be considered paid
         on the date due if the Paying Agent holds on such date (or
         the immediately preceding Business Day if Section 3.5 is ap-
         plicable) money deposited by the Company in immediately
         available funds designated for and sufficient to pay all
         principal, premium (if any) and interest then due.



                                      -26-<PAGE>







                   The Company shall pay interest (including post-
         petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law)
         on overdue principal and premium, if any ("Default Interest")
         at the rate equal to 14.75% per annum (the "Default Rate");
         it shall pay Default Interest (including post-petition inter-
         est in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
         installments of interest (upon the expiration of any appli-
         cable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

                   Section 4.2.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

                   The Company shall maintain in New York, New York an
         office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee, Reg-
         istrar or co-registrar) where Securities may be surrendered
         for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation
         for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Com-
         pany in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be
         served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the
         Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of
         such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail
         to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail
         to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presen-
         tations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
         served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

                   The Company may also from time to time designate
         one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities
         may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes
         and may from time to time rescind such designations; pro-
         vided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall
         in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to main-
         tain an office or agency in New York, New York for such pur-
         poses.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the
         Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any
         change in the location of any such other office or agency.

                   The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust
         Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the
         Company in accordance with Section 2.4.

                   Section 4.3.  Corporate Existence.

                   Subject to Section 4.20 hereof, the Company shall
         do or cause to be done, at its own cost and expense, all
         things necessary to, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries
         to, preserve and keep in full force and effect its respective
         corporate, partnership or other existence in accordance with
         its respective organizational documents and the rights (char-
         ter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company
         and each of its Subsidiaries; provided, however that, subject



                                      -27-<PAGE>







         to the terms hereof, the Company shall not be required to
         preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corpo-
         rate, partnership or other existence of any Subsidiary, if
         the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation
         thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business
         of the Company and that the loss thereof is not adverse in
         any material respect to the Holders.

                   Section 4.4.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

                   The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be
         paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent,
         (a) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or
         imposed upon its or its Subsidiaries' income, profits or
         property and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and
         supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon
         its or its Subsidiaries' assets or property; provided, how-
         ever, that the Company shall not be required to pay or dis-
         charge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, as-
         sessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or va-
         lidity is being contested in good faith by appropriate nego-
         tiations or proceedings and for which disputed amounts ad-
         equate reserves (in the good faith judgment of the Board of
         Directors of the Company) have been made.

                   Section 4.5.  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance;
                                 Books and Records; Compliance with Law.

                   (a)  The Company shall and shall cause each of its
         Subsidiaries to, at all times cause all properties used or
         useful in the conduct of its business to be maintained and
         kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable
         wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary
         equipment, and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs,
         renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto.

                   (b)  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall
         maintain insurance with insurance companies or associations
         with a rating of "A-XIV" or better, as established by Best's
         Rating Guide (or an equivalent rating with such other publi-
         cation of a similar nature as shall be in current use) in at
         least such amounts and covering at least such risks as are
         usually and customarily insured against in the same general
         area by companies engaged in the same or similar business,
         and furnish to the Trustee and each Requesting Holder, upon
         written request, full information as to the insurance car-
         ried.

                   (c)  The Company shall and shall cause each of its
         Subsidiaries to keep proper books of record and account, in



                                      -28-<PAGE>







         which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial
         transactions and the assets and business of the Company and
         each Subsidiary of the Company, in accordance with GAAP con-
         sistently applied to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken
         as a whole.

                   (d)  The Company shall and shall cause each of its
         Subsidiaries to comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances,
         or government rules and regulations to which it is subject,
         non-compliance with which would materially adversely affect
         the business, prospects, earnings, properties, assets or con-
         dition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Sub-
         sidiaries taken as a whole.

                   Section 4.6.  Compliance Certificates.

                   (a)  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee and
         each Requesting Holder, within 45 days after the end of each
         of the respective first three quarters of each Fiscal Year,
         and within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, Offic-
         ers' Certificates of the Company stating (i) that a review of
         the activities of the Company during the preceding fiscal
         quarter or Fiscal Year, as the case may be, has been made un-
         der the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
         determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed
         and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, (ii)
         that, to the best knowledge of such Officers, the Company has
         kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every cov-
         enant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in
         the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions
         and conditions hereof (or, if a Default or Event of Default
         shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events
         of Default of which such Officers have knowledge, their sta-
         tus and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
         with respect thereto) and (iii) that to the best of such Of-
         ficers' knowledge no event has occurred and remains in exist-
         ence by reason of which payments on account of the principal
         of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Securities
         are prohibited (or, if such event has occurred, describing
         the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes
         to take with respect thereto).

                   (b)  So long as (and to the extent) not contrary to
         the then current recommendations of the American Institute of
         Certified Public Accountants, the annual financial statements
         delivered pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof shall be accompanied
         by a written statement of the Company's Independent public
         accountants, which shall be a nationally recognized firm,
         that in making the examination necessary for certification of
         such annual financial statements nothing has come to their



                                      -29-<PAGE>







         attention that would lead them to believe that the Company
         has violated any provisions of this Indenture or, if any such
         violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of
         existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants
         shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for
         any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

                   (c)  The Company shall, so long as any of the Secu-
         rities are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee and any Re-
         questing Holder, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of
         any Default or Event of Default an Officers' Certificate
         specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action
         the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect there-
         to.

                   Section 4.7.  Reports.

                   (a)  In accordance with the provisions of TIA Section
         314(a), at any time that the Company has a class of securi-
         ties registered under the Exchange Act or is otherwise re-
         quired to file reports with the SEC pursuant to Section 15(d)
         of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the Trustee,
         each Institutional Holder and any Requesting Holder, within
         15 days after it files them with the SEC, copies of the an-
         nual reports and of the information, documents and other re-
         ports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as
         the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the
         Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section
         13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  The Company also shall com-
         ply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).  In addition,
         the Company shall cause its annual report to stockholders and
         any quarterly or other financial reports generally furnished
         by it to stockholders to be filed with the Trustee and
         mailed, no later than the date such materials are mailed or
         made available to the Company's stockholders, to the Holders
         at their addresses as set forth in the register of the Secu-
         rities maintained by the Registrar.

                   (b)  At any time that the Company does not have a
         class of securities registered under the Exchange Act or is
         not required to file reports with the SEC pursuant to Section
         15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall furnish to the
         Trustee and shall mail (or cause to be mailed by the Trustee
         at the Company's expense) to each Institutional Holder and
         each of the Requesting Holders at their addresses as set
         forth in the register of the Securities within 60 days after
         the close of each quarter of the Company's Fiscal Year and
         within 90 days after the close of each Fiscal Year consoli-
         dated balance sheets of the Company as of the end of each
         such quarter or Fiscal Year, as the case may be, consolidated



                                      -30-<PAGE>







         statements of income, cash flow and changes in net worth of
         the Company for such quarter and for the period commencing at
         the end of the Company's previous Fiscal Year and ending with
         the end of such quarter or Fiscal Year, as the case may be,
         all such financial statements setting forth in comparative
         form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period
         of the preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and
         duly certified (subject to year-end adjustments) by an Of-
         ficer of the Company as having been prepared in accordance
         with GAAP consistently applied, and, in the case of annual
         consolidated financial statements, certified by Independent
         public accountants of recognized standing and accompanied by
         such certifying public accountants' management letter and a
         "Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Results of Op-
         erations and Financial Condition of the Company and its Sub-
         sidiaries" for the periods presented, which discussion and
         analysis shall be prepared by the management of the Company
         in a manner responsive to the requirements of Item 303 (or
         any successor item or section) of Regulation S-K under the
         Exchange Act.  All financial statements will be prepared in
         accordance with GAAP consistently applied, except for changes
         with which the Company's Independent public accountants con-
         cur and except that quarterly statements may be subject to
         year-end adjustments and may be prepared in accordance with
         Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

                   (c)  Promptly upon its receipt thereof, the Company
         shall furnish to the Trustee and shall mail (or cause to be
         mailed by the Trustee at the Company's expense) to each of
         the Holders at their addresses as set forth in the register
         of the Securities copies of all financial reports (including,
         without limitation, management letters), if any, submitted to
         the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by its auditors, in
         connection with each annual, interim or special audit of
         their respective books by such auditors.

                   (d)  The Company shall provide, at the request of
         any Institutional Holder, such financial and other informa-
         tion as any such Holder or any potential transferee that is
         not a Competitor and is a "qualified institutional buyer" (as
         defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act)
         may reasonably determine is required to permit compliance
         with the requirements of Rule 144A in connection with the re-
         sale by a Holder of any Securities, except at such times as
         the Company is a reporting company under Section 13 or 15(d)
         of the Exchange Act or has complied with the requirements for
         the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act set
         forth in Rule 12g3-2(b) under such Act.





                                      -31-<PAGE>







                   (e)  The Company shall provide, with reasonable
         promptness, such other data and information as any Institu-
         tional Holder may reasonably request.

         The Trustee and each Securityholder is hereby authorized to
         deliver a copy of any financial statement or any other infor-
         mation relating to the business, operations or financial con-
         dition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which may be
         furnished to it hereunder or otherwise, to any regulatory
         body or agency, including without limitation, the National
         Association of Insurance Commissioners, having jurisdiction
         over the Trustee or such Securityholder or to any Person
         which shall, or shall have any right or obligation to, suc-
         ceed to all or any part of the interest of such Security-
         holder in the Securities and this Indenture.

                   Section 4.8.  Limitation on Additional
                                 Indebtedness.

                   Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
         shall contract, create, incur, assume, guaranty, suffer to
         exist nor otherwise become liable with respect to (collec-
         tively, "incur") any Indebtedness except for the following
         (each of which shall be given independent effect):

                   (1)  Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Inden-
              ture and the Securities;

                   (2)  Indebtedness under the Working Capital Facil-
              ity in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to
              exceed $115,000,000 at any one time; 

                   (3)  Indebtedness of the Company and any of its
              Subsidiaries outstanding on the Effective Date;

                   (4)  Indebtedness consisting of Capital Lease Obli-
              gations so long as the aggregate annual rental obliga-
              tions in respect thereof do not exceed $500,000 at any
              one time;

                   (5)  Indebtedness to refinance its Indebtedness (or
              Indebtedness of a Subsidiary, in the case of the Com-
              pany), provided that any such Indebtedness shall not (i)
              have a final maturity or mandatory redemption payments
              prior to the earlier of the final maturity of the In-
              debtedness being so refinanced and the Maturity Date, or
              (ii) have a principal amount in excess of the principal
              amount and accrued interest of the Indebtedness being so
              refinanced (unless such Indebtedness is issued at a dis-
              count in which case the issuance price of such discount



                                      -32-<PAGE>







              Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount of
              the Indebtedness being so refinanced (it being under-
              stood that, with respect to any Indebtedness issued at a
              discount in compliance with this covenant, the accrual
              of amortization of the original issue discount on such
              Indebtedness after the date of issuance thereof shall
              not be deemed to be incurrence of additional Indebted-
              ness for the purpose of this covenant)) plus all fees
              and expenses related to the negotiation, consummation or
              execution of such Indebtedness; and

                   (6)  additional Indebtedness of the Company (but
              not any Subsidiary), so long as, after giving effect to
              the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application
              of the net proceeds thereof as if such Indebtedness was
              incurred and the proceeds thereof so applied at the
              beginning of the relevant period, the Consolidated
              Interest Coverage Ratio for the most recent four quarter
              period in respect of which financial statements are
              available is not less than 1.75 to 1.

                   Section 4.9.  Limitation on Investments.

                   Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
         shall make any acquisitions of, investments in, or loans, ad-
         vances or extensions of credit to any Person, except Permit-
         ted Investments.

                   Section 4.10.  Limitation on Liens.

                   Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
         shall incur any Lien in respect of any property now owned or
         hereafter acquired by it, except for the following:

                        (1)  Liens for taxes or assessments or other
                   governmental charges or levies not yet due or pay-
                   able to the extent that non-payment thereof is per-
                   mitted by Section 4.4 hereof;

                        (2)  Liens created by or resulting from any
                   litigation or legal proceeding which is currently
                   being contested in good faith by appropriate pro-
                   ceedings; and Liens in favor of the Trustee to the
                   extent permitted by Sections 5.9 and 6.5 hereof;

                        (3)  Liens on property of the Company or any
                   of its Subsidiaries in existence on the Effective
                   Date;

                        (4)  intercompany Liens;



                                      -33-<PAGE>







                        (5)  the extension, renewal or replacement of
                   any Lien permitted by the foregoing paragraph (3)
                   in respect of the same property subject thereto or
                   the extension, renewal or replacement (without in-
                   crease of principal amount of the Indebtedness se-
                   cured or extension to any other property);

                        (6)  (i) any Lien on property or in rights re-
                   lating thereto created in connection with the pro-
                   vision of all or a part of the purchase price or
                   cost of construction of such property created con-
                   temporaneously with, or within 120 days after, such
                   acquisition or the completion of such construction,
                   or (ii) any Lien on property (or in rights relating
                   thereto) existing at the time of acquisition there-
                   of, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby
                   is assumed by the Company or such Subsidiary; or
                   (iii) any Lien existing on the property of a corpo-
                   ration (or in rights relating thereto) at the time
                   such corporation is merged into or consolidated
                   with the Company or a Subsidiary or at the time of
                   a sale, lease or other disposition of the proper-
                   ties of a corporation or firm as an entirety or
                   substantially as an entirety to the Company or a
                   Subsidiary, in the case of (ii) and (iii) as long
                   as not incurred in contemplation of such transac-
                   tion; provided, however, that (i) aggregate amount
                   of Indebtedness secured by all such Liens shall
                   not, at the date of incurrence of such Lien and af-
                   ter giving effect thereto, exceed (together with
                   all other outstanding Indebtedness of the Company
                   and its Subsidiaries) the amount permitted under
                   Section 4.8(6) hereof and (ii) all of such Liens
                   shall secure Indebtedness that does not exceed 100%
                   of the Fair Market Value of the related property;

                        (7)  Liens on property of the Company relating
                   to Indebtedness incurred in respect of the Working
                   Capital Facility to the extent permitted by Section
                   4.8(2) hereof, provided, however, that the aggre-
                   gate principal amount of the Indebtedness secured
                   by such Liens shall not exceed $115,000,000 at any
                   one time;

                        (8)  Liens incurred for pledges and deposits
                   in connection with workers' compensation, unemploy-
                   ment insurance and other social security benefits,
                   or securing the performance bids, tenders, leases,
                   contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed
                   money), statutory obligations, progress payments,



                                      -34-<PAGE>







                   surety, appeal and performance bonds and other ob-
                   ligations of like nature, in each case incurred in
                   the ordinary course of business;

                        (9)  Liens imposed by law, such as landlords',
                   mechanics', carriers', warehousemen's, material-
                   men's and vendors' Liens, in each case incurred in
                   good faith in the ordinary course of business;

                        (10)  Zoning restrictions, easements, rights
                   of way, licenses, covenants, reservations, restric-
                   tions on the use of Real Property or minor irregu-
                   larities of title incident thereto which do not in
                   the aggregate materially detract from the value of
                   the property or assets of the Company or any of its
                   Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or materially im-
                   pair the use of such property in the operation of
                   the Company's or any of its Subsidiaries' business;
                   and

                        (11)  Liens on property of the Company or any
                   of its Subsidiaries subject to, and securing only,
                   Capital Lease Obligations to the extent such Capi-
                   tal Lease Obligations are permitted by Sections
                   4.8(4) or 4.8(6); provided, however, that such
                   Liens only serve to secure the payment of
                   Indebtedness arising under such Capital Lease
                   Obligations and the Lien encumbering the asset
                   giving rise to the Capitalized Lease Obligation
                   does not encumber any other asset of the Company.

                   Section 4.11.  Limitation on Restricted Payments.

                   (a)  The Company shall not, and will not permit any
         of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Re-
         stricted Payment unless at the time of such Restricted Pay-
         ment:

                        (i)  the amount of such Restricted Payment,
                   when added to the aggregate amount of all Restrict-
                   ed Payments made since the Effective Date does not
                   exceed the sum of:  (1) $5,000,000, plus (2) 50% of
                   the Company's Consolidated Net Income accrued dur-
                   ing each fiscal quarter since the Effective Date
                   (or, if such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit,
                   minus 100 percent of such deficit), plus (3) the
                   proceeds derived by the Company from the sale
                   (through an Equity Offering or otherwise) of Capi-
                   tal Stock of the Company since the Effective Date;




                                      -35-<PAGE>







                       (ii)  the Company would, at the time of such
                   Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma ef-
                   fect thereto, as if such Restricted Payment had
                   been made at the beginning of the applicable four-
                   quarter period, have been permitted to incur at
                   least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
                   Section 4.8(6) hereof; and

                      (iii)  no Default or Event of Default shall have
                   occurred and be continuing or would occur as a con-
                   sequence thereof.

                   (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
         subsection (a), the provisions of this Section 4.11 shall not
         prohibit (i) the retirement of any shares of the Company's
         Capital Stock in exchange for other shares of the Company's
         Capital Stock or (ii) the payment by or on behalf of the Com-
         pany of Indebtedness of the Company under the Working Capital
         Facility.

                   Section 4.12.  Change of Control.

                   (a)  Promptly following the occurrence of any
         Change of Control, the Company shall so notify the Trustee by
         delivery of an Officers' Certificate and shall offer to
         purchase (a "Change of Control Offer") from all Holders, and
         shall purchase from all Holders accepting such Change of
         Control Offer on the date fixed for the closing of such
         Change of Control Offer (the "Change of Control Payment
         Date"), all outstanding Securities tendered in response to
         such Change of Control Offer at an offer price (the "Change
         of Control Price") in cash equal to 101 percent of the ag-
         gregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid in-
         terest, if any, to the Change of Control Payment Date in ac-
         cordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12.

                   (b)  Within 30 days after the date of any Change of
         Control, the Company (with notice to the Trustee), shall mail
         or cause to be mailed to all Holders on the date of the
         Change of Control, at their last registered address, a notice
         of the occurrence of such Change of Control and of the Hold-
         ers' rights arising as a result thereof.  At the Company's
         request, the Trustee shall mail or cause to be mailed such
         notice in the Company's name and at the Company's request;
         provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the
         Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date that notice must
         be given to the Securityholders, an Officers' Certificate
         requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting
         forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided
         in this Section 4.12.  The Change of Control Offer shall



                                      -36-<PAGE>







         remain open from the time of mailing for at least 20 Business
         Days.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Change
         of Control Offer, shall include such disclosures as are
         required by law and shall state:

                        (1)  that the Change of Control Offer is being
         made pursuant to this Section 4.12;

                        (2)  that the Holder has the right to require
         the Company to repurchase such Holder's Securities at the
         Change of Control Price;

                        (3)  that any Security not tendered shall con-
         tinue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms there-
         of;

                        (4)  that any Security accepted for payment
         pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue
         interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

                        (5)  the Change of Control Payment Date which
         shall be no earlier than 45 days nor later than 60 days from
         the date such notice is mailed;

                        (6)  that Holders electing to have Securities
         purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be re-
         quired to surrender the Securities to the Company or the Pay-
         ing Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to
         5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Change of Control Pay-
         ment Date and must complete any form letter of transmittal
         proposed by the Company and acceptable to the Trustee and
         Paying Agent;

                        (7)  that Holders will be entitled to withdraw
         their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than
         5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day that is
         two Business Days immediately preceding the Change of Control
         Payment Date, a tested telex, facsimile transmission or let-
         ter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
         amount of Securities the Holder delivered for purchase, the
         Security certificate number (if any) and a statement that
         such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securi-
         ties purchased;

                        (8)  that Holders which elect to have their
         Securities purchased only in part will be issued new Securi-
         ties equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of
         the Securities surrendered;





                                      -37-<PAGE>







                        (9)  information concerning the business of
         the Company which the Company in good faith believes will en-
         able such Holders to make an informed decision (which at a
         minimum will include (A) information comparable to that con-
         tained in the reports required pursuant to Section 4.7 here-
         of, (B) a description of material developments in the Com-
         pany's business subsequent to the date of the latest of such
         reports, and (C) if material, appropriate pro forma financial
         information); and

                        (10)  the instructions that Holders must fol-
         low in order to tender their Securities.

                   (c)  The Company shall not, and shall not permit
         any Subsidiary to, create or permit to exist or become effec-
         tive any restriction that would materially impair the ability
         of the Company to make a Change of Control Offer or, if such
         Change of Control Offer is made, to pay for Securities ten-
         dered for purchase.

                   (d)  On or before the Change of Control Payment
         Date in connection with which the Change of Control Offer is
         being made, the Company shall (i) accept for payment Securi-
         ties or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of
         Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money suf-
         ficient, in immediately available funds, to pay the Purchase
         Price of all Securities or portions thereof so tendered and
         accepted and (iii) deliver to the Paying Agent the Securities
         so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate setting
         forth the Securities or portions thereof tendered to the Com-
         pany or the Paying Agent and accepted for payment by the Com-
         pany.  The Paying Agent shall promptly mail, deliver or
         transfer by federal funds to Holders of Securities so ac-
         cepted payment in an amount equal to the Change of Control
         Price of the Securities purchased from each such Holder, and
         the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver
         to such Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to
         any unpurchased portion of the Security surrendered.  The
         Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of
         Control Offer on the first Business Day following the Change
         of Control Payment Date.

                   The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable,
         with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act
         and any other securities laws or regulations in connection
         with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to the Change of
         Control Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any se-
         curities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this
         Section 4.12 the Company shall comply with the applicable se-
         curities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have



                                      -38-<PAGE>







         breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue
         hereof.

                   Section 4.13.  Limitations on Transactions with
                                  Affiliates.

                   Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
         shall make any loan, advance, guaranty or capital contribu-
         tion to, or for the benefit of, or sell, lease, transfer or
         otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
         for the benefit of, or purchase or lease any property or as-
         sets from, or enter into or amend any contract, agreement or
         understanding with, or for the benefit of, an Affiliate (each
         an "Affiliate Transaction") unless such Affiliate Transac-
         tions are (i) entered into in good faith and on terms that
         are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsid-
         iary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable
         transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary on an arm's
         length basis from an unrelated Person, and (ii) evidenced by
         an agreement approved by the Board of Directors.

                   Section 4.14.  Compliance with ERISA.

                   The Company shall not terminate, or permit or suf-
         fer any of its ERISA Affiliates to terminate (other than a
         standard termination, as defined in Section 4041(b) of ERISA,
         of a Single Employer Plan), any Plans maintained by any of
         the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their ERISA
         Affiliates so as to incur any liability to the PBGC; com-
         pletely or partially withdraw, or permit or suffer any of
         their ERISA Affiliates to withdraw completely or partially,
         from any Multiemployer Plan so as to incur any liability to
         such plan on account of such withdrawal; permit or suffer to
         exist any Prohibited Transaction involving any such Plans or
         any trust created thereunder which would subject any of the
         Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Af-
         filiates to a tax or penalty on Prohibited Transactions im-
         posed under Internal Revenue Code Section 4975 or under
         ERISA; fail to pay, or permit or suffer any of their ERISA
         Affiliates to fail to pay, to any such Plan any contribution
         which they or their ERISA Affiliates are obligated to pay un-
         der the terms of such Plan; permit any Accumulated Funding
         Deficiency, whether or not waived, to occur with respect to
         any Plan; or permit or suffer to exist any occurrence of a
         Reportable Event, or any other event or condition, which pre-
         sents a material risk of termination by the PBGC of any such
         Plan.  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee (by means of
         an Officers' Certificate) and any Requesting Holder, promptly
         after (i) the occurrence thereof, notice that an ERISA Termi-
         nation Event or a Prohibited Transaction with respect to any



                                      -39-<PAGE>







         Plan has occurred, which such notice shall specify the nature
         thereof and the Company's proposed response thereto, and (ii)
         actual knowledge thereof, copies of any notice of the PBGC's
         intention to terminate or to have a trustee appointed to ad-
         minister any Plan.

                   Section 4.15.  Limitation on Dividend and Other
                                  Payment Restrictions Affecting
                                  Subsidiaries.

                   The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of
         its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or other-
         wise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encum-
         brance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a)
         pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital
         Stock or any other interest or participation in, or measured
         by, its profits, owned by the Company or any Subsidiary of
         the Company, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Company or
         a Subsidiary, (b) make loans or advances to the Company or
         any Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its properties or as-
         sets to the Company, except for such encumbrances or restric-
         tions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable law, (ii)
         this Indenture, (iii) customary provisions restricting sub-
         letting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold in-
         terest of the Company or any Subsidiary, (iv) any instrument
         governing Indebtedness of a Person acquired by the Company or
         any Subsidiary at the time of such acquisition, which encum-
         brance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the
         properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or
         the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, (v) In-
         debtedness existing on the date hereof (and, with respect to
         the Working Capital Facility, any refinancings thereof
         permitted under Section 4.8) or (vi) any guaranty of any of
         the foregoing.

                   Section 4.16.  Conflicting Agreements.

                   The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of
         its Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement or instrument
         that by its terms expressly prohibits the Company from op-
         tionally redeeming (except for restrictions on optional
         redemptions of the Securities set forth in the Working
         Capital Facility and any refinancings thereof permitted under
         Section 4.8) or otherwise making any payments on or in
         respect of the Securities in accordance with the terms there-
         of and of this Indenture, as in effect from time to time.







                                      -40-<PAGE>







                   Section 4.17.  Liquidation.

                   The Board of Directors or the stockholders of the
         Company may not adopt a plan of liquidation which provides
         for, contemplates or the effectuation of which is preceded by
         (a) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all
         or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
         Subsidiaries otherwise than substantially as an entirety and
         (b) the distribution of all or substantially all of the pro-
         ceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition
         and of the remaining assets of the Company to the holders of
         Capital Stock of the Company, unless the Company, prior to
         making any liquidating distribution pursuant to such plan,
         makes provision for the satisfaction of the Company's Obliga-
         tions hereunder and under the Securities as to the payment of
         principal, premium, if any, interest and all other amounts
         required hereunder.  The Company shall be deemed to make pro-
         vision for such payments only if the Company delivers in
         trust to the Trustee or Paying Agent money or U.S. Government
         Obligations maturing as to principal and interest in such
         amounts and at such times as are sufficient without consider-
         ation of any reinvestment of such interest to pay, when due,
         the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Secu-
         rities and also delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
         or a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service to the
         effect that Holders of the Securities will not recognize in-
         come, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a re-
         sult of such action and will be subject to Federal income tax
         on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same
         times as would have been the case if such action had not been
         taken, provided, however, that the Company shall not make any
         liquidating distribution until the Trustee shall have re-
         ceived an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as
         to the Company's compliance with the provisions of this Sec-
         tion 4.17 and that no Default or Event of Default then exists
         or would occur as a result of any such liquidating distribu-
         tion.

                   Section 4.18.  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

                   The Company covenants (to the extent that it may
         lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
         plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit
         or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever
         enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may af-
         fect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture or
         the Securities; and the Company (to the extent that it may
         lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advan-
         tage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by re-
         sort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution



                                      -41-<PAGE>







         of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer
         and permit the execution of every such power as though no
         such law has been enacted.

                   Section 4.19.  Fiscal Year.

                   Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
         shall change their respective Fiscal Years until all Obliga-
         tions under the Securities and the Indenture have been repaid
         in full and discharged.

                   Section 4.20.  Limitations on Consolidations,
                                  Mergers and Certain Asset Sales.

                   Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
         shall consolidate or merge with, or into, or sell all or
         substantially all of its assets as an entirety to, any Person
         unless (i) if the Company is a party to such consolidation,
         merger or sale and is not the surviving Person, the surviving
         Person expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company
         under the Securities and this Indenture pursuant to a
         Supplemental Indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to
         the Trustee; (ii) immediately after such consolidation,
         merger or sale no Default or Event of Default exists; (iii)
         the surviving Person shall be organized and doing business
         under the laws of the United States of America or any state
         thereof, (iv) at the time of such consolidation, merger or
         sale and after giving pro forma effect thereto, as if such
         consolidation, merger or sale had occurred at the beginning
         of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would have
         been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebt-
         edness pursuant to Section 4.8(6) hereof and (v) the Company
         has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an
         Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
         merger or sale complies with this Section 4.20 ,that, if a
         supplemental indenture is required in connection with such
         transaction, such supplemental indenture complies with this
         Section 4.20, and that all conditions precedent herein
         provided for relating to such transaction have been complied
         with; provided, however, that any Subsidiary may be merged or
         consolidated with, or into, the Company (provided that the
         Company shall be the surviving corporation and no Default or
         Event of Default shall occur as a result of such merger or
         consolidation) or with any one or more other Subsidiaries.

                   Section 4.21.  Limitations on Sale of Assets.

                   Other than in the ordinary course of business, the
         Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiar-
         ies to, make any Asset Sale unless (i) the Book Value of the



                                      -42-<PAGE>







         asset or assets to be sold in such Asset Sale, when combined
         with the aggregate Book Value of the assets sold in all other
         Asset Sales made (a) during the same Fiscal Year as the pro-
         posed Asset Sale, does not exceed 10% of the Consolidated To-
         tal Assets of the Company as of the date of such proposed As-
         set Sale, and (b) since the Effective Date, on a cumulative
         basis, does not exceed 25% of the Consolidated Total Assets
         of the Company as of the date of such proposed Asset Sale;
         and (ii) the asset or assets to be sold in such Asset Sale
         when combined with the assets sold in all other Asset Sales
         made (a) during the same Fiscal Year as the proposed Asset
         Sale, do not contribute in excess of 10% of the Company's
         Consolidated Cash Flow; and (b) since the Effective Date, on
         a cumulative basis, do not contribute in excess of 25% of the
         Company's Consolidated Cash Flow, provided, however, that (i)
         any wholly-owned Subsidiary may make an Asset Sale to the
         Company or any other wholly-owned Subsidiary, (ii) the Com-
         pany may make an Asset Sale in excess of the limitations set
         forth above if (a) the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale
         are used to purchase other property of a similar nature and
         of at least equivalent Book Value within nine months of such
         Asset Sale, (b) such Asset Sale is made pursuant to a plan of
         liquidation effected in accordance with Section 4.17 or (c)
         such Asset Sale is a sale of all or substantially all of the
         assets of the Company or such Subsidiary and is effected in
         accordance with Section 4.20, and (iii) the Company and any
         of its Subsidiaries may make an Asset Sale if the Net Cash
         Proceeds thereof are applied the outstanding principal amount
         of the Indebtedness under the Working Capital Facility, in
         permanent reduction thereof.

                   Section 4.22.  Change in Business.

                   The Company shall not materially change or alter,
         or permit or suffer any of its Subsidiaries to materially
         change or alter, the nature of its businesses as conducted or
         as proposed to be conducted as of the Effective Date.


                                   ARTICLE 5
                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

                   Section 5.1.  Events of Default.

                   An "Event of Default" occurs if:

                   (1)  the Company defaults in the payment of the
              premium, if any, or interest on any Security or any
              other amount required to be paid hereunder (other than




                                      -43-<PAGE>







              principal) when the same becomes due and payable and the
              Default continues for a period of five Business Days;

                   (2)  the Company defaults in the payment of the
              principal of any Security when the same becomes due and
              payable at maturity, upon any redemption or otherwise;

                   (3)  the Company fails to comply with Sections 4.20
              and 4.21 hereof;

                   (4)  the Company fails to observe or perform any
              covenant, condition or agreement on the part of the Com-
              pany to be observed or performed pursuant to Sections
              4.8 through 4.13, inclusive, and the Default continues
              for the period and after the notice specified below;

                   (5)  the Company fails to comply with any of its
              other covenants or perform any other material obliga-
              tions in the Securities or this Indenture and the De-
              fault continues for the period and after the notice
              specified below;

                   (6)  any representation or warranty made in this
              Indenture or in any certificate furnished in connection
              therewith is proven to be false or incorrect in any ma-
              terial respect as of the date made;

                   (7)  a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture
              or instrument under which there may be issued or by
              which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness
              of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether such
              Indebtedness now exists or shall be created hereafter,
              (a) if such default constitutes a nonpayment of princi-
              pal, interest or penalty on such Indebtedness (after the
              expiration of any applicable grace period (a "Payment
              Default")) and (b) if the principal amount of such In-
              debtedness, together with the principal amount of any
              other Indebtedness of the Company with regard to which
              there then exists a Payment Default, exceeds $500,000;

                   (8)  a final judgment or final judgments for the
              payment of money are entered by a court or courts of
              competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its
              Subsidiaries and such judgment or judgments remain un-
              discharged for a period (during which execution shall
              not be effectively stayed) of 90 days, provided that the
              aggregate of all such judgments exceeds $500,000 (net of
              insurance proceeds);





                                      -44-<PAGE>







                   (9)  any holder of a Lien shall lawfully take pos-
              session of all or substantially all of the properties,
              assets or revenues of the Company for a period of at
              least 30 days;

                   (10)  the Company or any of its Significant Subsid-
              iaries pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bank-
              ruptcy Law:

                        (a)  commences a voluntary case,

                        (b)  consents to the entry of an order for re-
                   lief against it in an involuntary case,

                        (c)  consents to the appointment of a Custo-
                   dian of it or for all or substantially all of its
                   property, or

                        (d)  makes a general assignment for the ben-
                   efit of its creditors;

                   (11)  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an
              order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                        (a)  is for relief against the Company or any
                   Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case,

                        (b)  appoints a Custodian of the Company or
                   any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substan-
                   tially all of the property of the Company or any
                   Significant Subsidiary, or

                        (c)  orders the liquidation of the Company or
                   any Significant Subsidiary; or

                   (12)  Pursuant to or within the meaning of any
              Bankruptcy Law, an involuntary petition is filed against
              the Company or any Significant Subsidiary seeking the
              commencement of a case, and such petition remains undis-
              missed for a period of 30 days.

                   A Default under clause (4) or (5), respectively, is
         not an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Com-
         pany, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
         the then outstanding Securities notify the Company and the
         Trustee, of the Default and the Company does not cure the De-
         fault within (i) in the event of a Default under clause (4)
         within 10 days after receipt of the notice and (ii) in the
         event of a Default under clause (5) within 30 days after re-
         ceipt of the notice.  The notice must specify the Default,



                                      -45-<PAGE>







         demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a
         "Notice of Default."

                   In the case of any Event of Default occurring by
         reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not
         taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of
         avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have
         had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Se-
         curities pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, an equivalent pre-
         mium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to
         the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Se-
         curities.  

                   Section 5.2.  Acceleration.

                   If an Event of Default (other than an Event of De-
         fault specified in clauses (10) through (12), inclusive, of
         Section 5.1 hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by
         notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in
         principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by notice
         to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee upon the
         request of the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
         the then outstanding Securities shall, declare the unpaid
         principal of and premium, if any, and any accrued interest on
         all the Securities to be due and payable.  Upon such declara-
         tion the principal, interest and premium, if any, shall be
         due and payable immediately without presentment, demand, pro-
         test or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
         waived.  If an Event of Default specified in clause (10),
         (11) or (12) of Section 5.1 hereof occurs, such principal,
         premium, if any, and interest shall ipso facto become and be
         immediately due and payable without any declaration or other
         act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  The Holders of
         a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Secu-
         rities by written notice to the Trustee may rescind an accel-
         eration and its consequences if the rescission would not con-
         flict with any order, judgment or decree and if all existing
         Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, premium,
         if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the
         acceleration) have been cured or waived.  No such rescission
         shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right con-
         sequent thereto.

                   Section 5.3.  Other Remedies.

                   If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
         the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the
         payment of principal or interest or premium, if any, on the
         Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of
         the Securities or this Indenture.



                                      -46-<PAGE>







                   The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it
         does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce
         any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the
         Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or rem-
         edy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the
         right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in
         the Event of Default.  No remedy is exclusive of any other
         remedy.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted
         by law.

                   Section 5.4.  Waiver of Past Defaults.

                   Subject to Sections 5.7 and 7.2, the Holders of at
         least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
         Securities by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing De-
         fault or Event of Default and its consequences except a De-
         fault specified in Section 5.1(1) or (2) or in respect of any
         provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without
         the consent of the Holder so affected pursuant to Section
         7.2.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to ex-
         ist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be
         deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Inden-
         ture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
         other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

                   Section 5.5.  Control by Majority.

                   The Holders of a majority in principal amount of
         the then outstanding Securities may direct the time, method
         and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy avail-
         able to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power con-
         ferred on it; provided, however, the Trustee may refuse to
         follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Inden-
         ture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial
         to the rights of other Securityholders, or that may involve
         the Trustee in personal liability unless the Trustee has in-
         demnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion
         against any loss, liability or expense caused or incurred by
         its following such direction; and provided, further, that the
         Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
         Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.

                   Section 5.6.  Limitation on Suits.

                   Except as provided in Section 5.7, a Securityholder
         may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Se-
         curities only if:

                   (1)  the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice
              of a continuing Event of Default;



                                      -47-<PAGE>







                   (2)  the Holders of at least 25% in principal
              amount of the then outstanding Securities make a written
              request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

                   (3)  such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee
              indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss,
              liability or expense;

                   (4)  the Trustee does not comply with the request
              within 15 days after receipt of the request and the of-
              fer of indemnity; and

                   (5)  during such 15-day period the Holders of a ma-
              jority in principal amount of the then outstanding Secu-
              rities do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent
              with the request.

         A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
         rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or
         priority over another Securityholder.

                   Section 5.7.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Inden-
         ture, the right of any Holder of a Security to receive pay-
         ment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Secu-
         rity, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the
         Security, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such
         payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be im-
         paired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

                   Section 5.8.  Collection Suit by Trustee.

                   If an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(1)
         or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to
         recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express
         trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal,
         premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid on the
         Securities, together with interest overdue on principal, pre-
         mium, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such inter-
         est is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest,
         in each case at 14.75% per annum as set forth in Section 4.1
         and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the
         costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
         compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
         Trustee, its agents and counsel.







                                      -48-<PAGE>







                   Section 5.9.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

                   The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of
         claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or
         advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (includ-
         ing any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, dis-
         bursements, advances and indemnification (pursuant to Section
         6.5) of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Securi-
         tyholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the
         Company and any of its Subsidiaries, its creditors or its
         property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, re-
         ceive and distribute any money or other property payable or
         deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such
         judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Security-
         holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event
         that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
         directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any
         amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
         disbursements, advances and indemnification of the Trustee,
         its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee
         under Section 6.5 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of
         any such compensation, expenses, disbursements, advances and
         indemnification of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and
         any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.5 hereof
         out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for
         any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien
         on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
         dividends, money, securities and other properties which the
         Holders of the Securities may be entitled to receive in such
         proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reor-
         ganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein con-
         tained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize
         or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Security-
         holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
         composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any
         Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
         respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such pro-
         ceeding.

                   Section 5.10.  Priorities.

                   If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this
         Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

                   First:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Sec-
         tion 6.5;

                   Second:  to Securityholders for amounts outstanding
         in respect of the Securities for principal, premium, if any,
         and accrued interest, ratably, without preference or priority



                                      -49-<PAGE>







         of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the
         Securities for principal, premium, if any, and accrued inter-
         est, respectively;

                   Third:  to Securityholders for all other amounts
         outstanding in respect of the Securities; and

                   Fourth:  to the Company.

                   The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date
         for any payment to Securityholders.

                   Section 5.11.  Undertaking for Costs.

                   In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
         remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the
         Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a
         court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
         litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of
         the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reason-
         able costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any
         party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits
         and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
         litigant.  This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trus-
         tee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 5.7, or a suit by
         Holders of more than 25% in principal amount of the then out-
         standing Securities.


                                   ARTICLE 6
                                    TRUSTEE

                   Section 6.1.  Duties of Trustee.

                   (1)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is
         continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
         powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same de-
         gree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man
         would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct
         of his own affairs.

                   (2)  Except during the continuance of an Event of
         Default:

                        (a)  The Trustee need perform only those du-
                   ties that are specifically required to be performed
                   in this Indenture and no others, and no implied
                   covenants or obligations shall be read into this
                   Indenture against the Trustee.




                                      -50-<PAGE>







                        (b)  In the absence of bad faith on its part,
                   the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth
                   of the statements and the correctness of the opin-
                   ions expressed therein, upon certificates or opin-
                   ions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
                   requirements of this Indenture.  However, the
                   Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions
                   to determine whether or not they conform to the re-
                   quirements of this Indenture.

                   (3)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabili-
         ties for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
         to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

                        (a)  This paragraph does not limit the effect
                   of paragraph (2) of this Section.

                        (b)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any
                   error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Of-
                   ficer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was
                   negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

                        (c)  The Trustee shall not be liable with re-
                   spect to any action it takes or omits to take in
                   good faith in accordance with a direction received
                   by it pursuant to Section 5.5.

                   (4)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided,
         every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to
         the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of this
         Section.

                   (5)  No provision of this Indenture shall require
         the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any li-
         ability.  The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exer-
         cise any right or power unless it receives indemnity satis-
         factory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

                   (6)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest
         on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree
         in writing with the Company.  Money held in trust by the
         Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
         extent required by law.










                                      -51-<PAGE>







                   Section 6.2.  Rights of Trustee.

                   (1)  The Trustee may rely on and shall be protected
         in acting or refraining from acting upon any document be-
         lieved by it to be genuine and to have been signed or pre-
         sented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investi-
         gate any fact or matter stated in the document.

                   (2)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from act-
         ing, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of
         Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any ac-
         tion it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
         such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The
         Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of
         such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and com-
         plete authorization and protection in respect of any action
         taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and
         in reliance thereon.

                   (3)  The Trustee may act through agents in the per-
         formance of its duties hereunder and shall not be responsible
         for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with
         due care.

                   (4)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action
         it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to
         be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon
         it by this Indenture.

                   (5)  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this
         Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the
         Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the
         Company.

                   Section 6.3.  Trustee's Disclaimer.

                   The Trustee makes no representation as to the va-
         lidity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it
         shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the pro-
         ceeds from the Securities or any money paid to the Company or
         upon the Company's direction under any provision hereof, it
         shall not be responsible for the use or application of any
         money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee and
         it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital
         herein or any statement in the Securities other than its cer-
         tificate of authentication.







                                      -52-<PAGE>







                   Section 6.4.  Notice of Defaults.

                   If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
         shall promptly mail to Securityholders, at the expense of the
         Company, a notice of the Default promptly after the Trustee
         receives the Officers' Certificate with respect to such De-
         fault provided in Section 4.6(c) or otherwise has actual
         knowledge thereof.

                   Section 6.5.  Compensation and Indemnity.

                   The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to
         time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation
         for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder
         as may be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the
         Trustee from time to time.  The Trustee's compensation shall
         not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
         express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon
         request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and ex-
         penses incurred by it or made on behalf of it.  Such expenses
         shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and
         expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

                   The Company shall indemnify the Trustee, and each
         predecessor Trustee, and hold it harmless against any loss,
         liability or expense incurred by it arising out of or in con-
         nection with the acceptance or administration of its duties
         under this Indenture or the trusts hereunder, including the
         costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigat-
         ing any claim of liability, except as set forth in the next
         paragraph.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of
         any claim for which it may seek indemnity, but failure to so
         notify shall not affect the Trustee's right to indemnity
         hereunder.  The Company shall defend the claim and the
         Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  If there arises a
         conflict of interest, the Trustee may have separate counsel
         and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
         such counsel.  The Company need not pay for any settlement
         made without its consent, which consent shall not be unrea-
         sonably withheld.

                   The Company need not reimburse any expense or in-
         demnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee
         through gross negligence or bad faith.

                   To secure the Company's payment obligations in this
         Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securi-
         ties on all money or property held or collected by the
         Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium,
         if any, and interest on particular Securities.  Such Lien



                                      -53-<PAGE>







         shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Inden-
         ture.

                   When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders ser-
         vices after an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(10),
         (11) or (12) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for
         the services are intended to constitute expenses of adminis-
         tration under any Bankruptcy Law.

                   Section 6.6.  Trustee Not Responsible for 
                                 Recitals, Disposition of 
                                 Securities or Application of
                                 Proceeds Thereof.

                   The recitals contained herein and in the Securi-
         ties, except the Trustee's certificates of authentication,
         shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the
         Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the
         same.  The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity
         or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities.  The
         Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application
         by the Company of any of the Securities or of the proceeds
         thereof.

                   Section 6.7.  Trustee and Agents May Hold
                                 Securities; Collections, etc.

                   The Trustee or any agent of the Company or the
         Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become
         the owner or pledgee of Securities with the same rights it
         would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent and, sub-
         ject to the provisions of this Indenture, if operative, may
         otherwise deal with the Company and receive, collect, hold
         and retain collections from the Company with the same rights
         it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent.

                   Section 6.8.  Replacement of Trustee.

                   A resignation or removal of the Trustee and ap-
         pointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only
         upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as
         provided in this Section.

                   The Trustee may resign and be discharged from the
         trust hereby created by so notifying the Company.  The Hold-
         ers of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
         Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee
         and the Company in writing.  The Company may remove the
         Trustee if:




                                      -54-<PAGE>







                   (1)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.10;

                   (2)  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an in-
              solvent or an order for relief is entered with respect
              to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

                   (3)  a Custodian or public officer takes charge of
              the Trustee or its property; or

                   (4)  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

                   If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a va-
         cancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the
         Company and any other obligor upon the Securities shall
         promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

                   If a successor Trustee does not take office within
         60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the
         retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of at least 10%
         in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may
         petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appoint-
         ment of a successor Trustee.

                   If the Trustee after written request by any Securi-
         tyholder who has been a Securityholder for at least six
         months fails to comply with Section 6.10, such Securityholder
         may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the re-
         moval of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor
         Trustee.

                   A successor Trustee shall deliver a written accep-
         tance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the
         Company.  Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retir-
         ing Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee
         shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
         under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a no-
         tice of its succession to Securityholders.  The retiring
         Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
         Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien pro-
         vided for in Section 6.5.  Notwithstanding replacement of the
         Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.8, the Company's obliga-
         tions under Section 6.5 hereof shall continue for the benefit
         of the retiring Trustee.

                   Section 6.9.  Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

                   If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts
         into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate
         trust business to another corporation, the successor corpora-
         tion without any further act shall be the successor Trustee;



                                      -55-<PAGE>







         provided, however, such successor Trustee must satisfy the
         requirements of Section 6.10.

                   Section 6.10.  Eligibility.

                   There shall at all times be a Trustee (or successor
         Trustee) hereunder which shall be a corporation organized and
         doing business under the laws of the United States of America
         or of any state thereof authorized under such laws to exer-
         cise corporate trust powers, shall be subject to supervision
         or examination by Federal or state authority and shall have a
         combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set
         forth in its most recent published annual report of condi-
         tion.

                   Section 6.11.  Appointment of Co-Trustee.

                   If the Trustee deems it necessary or desirable in
         connection with its interest in the Collateral and the en-
         forcement of the Security Documents, the Trustee may appoint
         a Co-Trustee with such powers of the Trustee as may be desig-
         nated by the Trustee at the time of such appointment.

                   Section 6.12.  Reports by Trustee to Holders.

                   (a)  Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning
         with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, the
         Trustee shall mail to the Holders, in the manner and to the
         extent required by TIA Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of
         such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a).  The
         Trustee shall also comply with TIA Section 313(b).  The Trustee
         shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA
         Section 313(c).

                   (b)  Commencing at the time this Indenture is
         qualified under the TIA, a copy of each report at the time of
         its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each
         stock exchange on which the Securities are listed.  The Com-
         pany shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Securities
         are listed on any stock exchange.

                   Section 6.13.  Preferential Collection of Claims
         Against Company.

                   The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding
         any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  A Trustee
         who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA
         Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.





                                      -56-<PAGE>







                   Section 6.14.  Communication by Holders with Other
         Holders.

                   Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b)
         with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
         Indenture or the Securities.  The Company, the Trustee, the
         Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA
         Section 312(c).


                                   ARTICLE 7
                                   AMENDMENTS

                   Section 7.1.  Without Consent of Holders.

                   The Company and the Trustee may amend this Inden-
         ture or the Securities without the consent of any Security-
         holder:

                   (1)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsis-
              tency;

                   (2)  to comply with any requirements of the SEC in
              connection with the qualification of this Indenture un-
              der the TIA as then in effect;

                   (3)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of
              appointment hereunder by a separate or successor Trustee
              with respect to the Securities and to add to or change
              any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be nec-
              essary to provide for or facilitate the administration
              of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursu-
              ant to the requirements of Section 6.11;

                   (4)  to provide for uncertificated Securities in
              addition to certificated Securities; or

                   (5)  to make any change that does not adversely af-
              fect the legal rights of any Securityholder hereunder.

                   Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a
         Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such Sup-
         plemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the
         documents described in Section 7.5 hereof, the Trustee shall
         join with the Company in the execution of any Supplemental
         Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Inden-
         ture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stip-
         ulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee





                                      -57-<PAGE>







         shall not be obligated to enter into such Supplemental Inden-
         ture which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under
         this Indenture or otherwise.

                   Section 7.2.  With Consent of Holders.

                   Subject to the provisions of Section 5.7 and this
         Section 7.2, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supple-
         ment this Indenture or the Securities with the written con-
         sent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal
         amount of the then outstanding Securities.  Subject to Sec-
         tion 5.7 and the provisions of this Section 7.2, the Holders
         of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then out-
         standing may, or the Trustee with the written consent of the
         Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
         then outstanding Securities may, waive compliance in a par-
         ticular instance by the Company with any provision of this
         Indenture or the Securities, except those provisions affect-
         ing the Trustee's own rights, duties and immunities, unless
         the Trustee expressly consents, in its sole discretion, in
         writing.

                   Notwithstanding the first paragraph of this Section
         7.2, without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an
         amendment or waiver under this Section may not:

                   (1)  reduce the rate of or change the time of or
              payment of interest, including default interest, on any
              Security;

                   (2)  reduce the principal of or redemption premium
              applicable to, or change the fixed maturity of any Secu-
              rity or alter the redemption provisions with respect
              thereto;

                   (3)  make any Security payable in money other than
              that stated in the Security;

                   (4)  make any change in Section 4.12, 5.2, 5.4,
              5.5, 5.6, 5.7 or 7.2 hereof; or

                   (5)  waive a Default in the payment of principal
              of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption pay-
              ment with respect to, any Security.

                   Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a
         Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such Sup-
         plemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of
         evidence of the consent of the Securityholders as aforesaid,
         and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in



                                      -58-<PAGE>







         Section 7.5 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company
         in the execution of such Supplemental Indenture unless such
         Supplemental Indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, du-
         ties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in
         which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not
         be obligated to, enter into such Supplemental Indenture.

                   It shall not be necessary for the consent of the
         Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of
         any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be
         sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

                   After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this
         Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the
         Holders of each Security affected thereby a notice briefly
         describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure
         of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein,
         shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity
         of any such Supplemental Indenture.  If requested by any
         Holder the Trustee will mail a copy of any Supplemental In-
         denture to such Holder.

                   Section 7.3.  Revocation and Effect of Consents.

                   Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
         effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Security is a
         continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder
         of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the
         same debt as the consenting Holder's Security, even if nota-
         tion of the consent is not made on any Security.  However,
         any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent
         as to his Security or portion of a Security if the Trustee
         receives written notice of revocation before the date the
         amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.  If an
         amendment or waiver becomes effective, it thereafter binds
         every Securityholder in accordance with its terms.

                   Section 7.4.  Notation on or Exchange of Securi-
                                 ties.

                   If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the
         terms of a Security, the Trustee shall (in accordance with
         the specific direction of the Company) request the Holder of
         the Security to deliver it to the Trustee.  The Trustee shall
         (in accordance with the specific direction of the Company)
         place an appropriate notation on the Security about the
         changed terms and return it to the Holder.  Alternatively, if
         the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in ex-
         change for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall au-
         thenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms.



                                      -59-<PAGE>







         Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Secu-
         rity shall not affect the validity and effect of such amend-
         ment, supplement or waiver.

                   Section 7.5.  Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

                   The Trustee shall sign any amendment, waiver or
         Supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 7
         if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, du-
         ties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  If it does
         the Trustee may, but need not, sign it.  In signing or refus-
         ing to sign such amendment, waiver or Supplemental Indenture,
         the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Sec-
         tion 7.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Offic-
         ers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evi-
         dence that such amendment, waiver or Supplemental Indenture
         is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that it is not
         inconsistent herewith, and that it will be valid and binding
         upon the Company in accordance with its terms.  The Company
         may not sign an amendment, waiver or Supplemental Indenture
         until the Board Of Directors approves it.


                                   ARTICLE 8
                             DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

                   Section 8.1.  Termination of Company's Obligations.

                   (a)  This Indenture shall cease to be of further
         effect (except that the Company's obligations under Section
         6.5 and the Company's, the Trustee's and the Paying Agent's
         obligations under Section 8.3 hereof shall survive) when all
         outstanding Securities theretofore authenticated and issued
         have been delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Se-
         curities that have been replaced or paid) to the Trustee for
         cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable here-
         under.

                   (b)  In addition, the Company may terminate its ob-
         ligations under the Securities and this Indenture if:

                        (i)  the Company has irrevocably deposited in
              trust for the benefit of the Holders with the Trustee or
              (at the option of the Trustee) with a trustee reasonably
              satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company, under the
              terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and sub-
              stance satisfactory to the Trustee at any time prior to
              the stated maturity of the Securities or the date of re-
              demption of all of the Outstanding Securities, money or
              U.S. Government Obligations maturing as to principal and



                                      -60-<PAGE>







              interest in such amounts and at such times as are suffi-
              cient (in the reasonable opinion of a nationally recog-
              nized firm of independent accountants expressed in a writ-
              ten certificate thereof delivered to the Trustee, without
              consideration of the reinvestment of such interest) to pay
              principal of and interest on the Outstanding Securities
              (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.8)
              to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay
              all other sums payable by it hereunder; provided, however,
              that (i) the trustee of the irrevocable trust shall have
              been irrevocably instructed to pay such money or the pro-
              ceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the Trustee
              and (ii) the Trustee shall have been irrevocably in-
              structed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S.
              Government Obligations to the payment of said principal
              and interest with respect to the Securities;

                       (ii)  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Of-
              ficers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent
              provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and dis-
              charge of this Indenture have been complied with, and an
              Opinion of Counsel to the same effect; 

                      (iii)  no Default or Event of Default shall have
              occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or
              as a result thereof;

                       (iv)  the Company shall have delivered to the
              Trustee (A) either (1) a ruling directed to the Trustee
              received from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect
              that the Holders of the Securities will not recognize in-
              come, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
              result of the Company's exercise of its option under this
              clause (b) and will be subject to federal income tax on
              the same amount and in the same manner and at the same
              time as would have been the case if such option had not
              been exercised or (2) an Opinion of Counsel to the same
              effect as the ruling described in clause (1), accompanied
              by a ruling to that effect published by the Internal Rev-
              enue Service, and (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
              that (1) after the passage of 90 days following the de-
              posit, the trust funds will not be subject to the prefer-
              ence provisions of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United
              States Code (except that no opinion need be given with re-
              spect to the application of subsection (b)(4)(b) thereof),
              or (2) (x) the Trustee will hold, for the benefit of the
              Holders of Securities, a valid and perfected security in-
              terest in such trust funds, and (y) the Holders of Securi-
              ties will be entitled to receive adequate protection of




                                      -61-<PAGE>







              their interests in such trust funds if such trust funds
              are used; and

                        (v)  the exercise by the Company of its option
              under this clause (b) shall not cause the Trustee to have
              a conflicting interest as defined in Section 6.10 or for
              purposes of the TIA with respect to any securities of the
              Company.

                   (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (b),
         prior to the end of the 90-day period following the deposit re-
         ferred to above, none of the Company's obligations under this
         Indenture shall be discharged and, subsequent to the end of
         such 90-day period the Company's respective obligations under
         Sections 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.8, 2.11, 4.1, 4.2, 4.12, 4.18, 6.5,
         6.8, 8.3 and 8.4 shall survive until the Securities are no
         longer outstanding.  Thereafter, only the Company's and the
         Trustee's obligations in Sections 6.5, 8.3 and 8.4 shall sur-
         vive.

                   (d)  After such irrevocable deposit made pursuant to
         Section 8.1(b) and satisfaction of the other conditions set
         forth herein, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in
         writing the discharge of the Company's obligations under this
         Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified
         above.

                   (e)  In order to have money available on a payment
         date to pay principal of or interest on the Securities, the
         U.S. Government Obligations shall be payable as to principal or
         interest at least one Business Day before such payment date in
         such amounts as will provide the necessary money.

                   Section 8.2  Application of Trust Money.

                   The Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee
         and the Company shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government
         Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.1(b) here-
         of.  It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S.
         Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accor-
         dance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and
         interest on the Securities.

                   Section 8.3.  Repayment to the Company.

                   (a)  The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly
         pay to the Company upon written request any excess money or se-
         curities held by them at any time after the termination of the
         Company's obligations in accordance with Section 8.1.




                                      -62-<PAGE>







                   (b)  The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to
         the Company, upon written request, any money held by them for
         the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for
         two years and six months after the date upon which such payment
         shall have become due; provided, however, that the Company
         shall have caused notice of such payment to be mailed to each
         Holder entitled thereto not less than 30 days prior to such re-
         payment.  After payment to the Company, the Holders entitled to
         the money must look to the Company for payment as general
         creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law desig-
         nates another person, and all liability of the Trustee and such
         Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

                   Section 8.4.  Reinstatement.

                   If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any
         money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section
         8.2 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order
         or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,
         restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Com-
         pany's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities
         shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had oc-
         curred pursuant to Section 8.1(b) until such time as the
         Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or
         U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2;
         provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of
         interest on or principal of any Securities because of the rein-
         statement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated
         to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such
         payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by
         the Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                    ARTICLE 9
                        MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

                   Section 9.1.  Purposes of Meetings.

                   A meeting of Holders of Securities may be called at
         any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of
         this Article 9 for any of the following purposes:

                   (a)  to give any notice to the Company or to the
         Trustee, or to give any direction to the Trustee, or to waive
         any non-performance hereunder, and its consequences, or to take
         any other action authorized to be taken by Holders of Securi-
         ties pursuant to any of the provisions of this Indenture;

                   (b)  to remove the Trustee pursuant to the provisions
         of Section 6.8;



                                      -63-<PAGE>







                   (c)  to consent to the execution of an indenture or
         indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of
         Article 7.

                   (d)  to take any other action authorized to be taken
         by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate prin-
         cipal amount of the Securities under any other provision of
         this Indenture or under applicable law.

                   Section 9.2.  Call of Meetings by Trustee.

                   The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders
         of Securities to take any action specified in Section 9.1, to
         be held at such time and at such place in the State of New
         York, as the Trustee shall determine.  Notice of each meeting
         of the Holders of Securities, setting forth the time and the
         place of such meeting and, in general terms, the action pro-
         posed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed by the
         Trustee to the Holders of the Securities, not less than 20 nor
         more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, at
         their last addresses as they shall appear on the register of
         the Securities.

                   Section 9.3.  Call of Meetings by Company or Security
         Holders.

                   If any at time the Company, pursuant to a resolution
         of its Board of Directors, or the holders of at least twenty-
         five percent in aggregate principal amount of the Securities
         them outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a
         meeting of Holders of Securities to take any action authorized
         in Section 9.1, by written request setting forth in reasonable
         detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the
         Trustee shall not have mailed notice of such meeting within
         twenty days after receipt of such request, then the Company or
         the Holders of Securities in the amount above specified, as the
         case may be, may determine the time and the place in the State
         of New York for such meeting, and may call such meeting by
         mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 9.2.

                   Section 9.4.  Persons Entitled to Vote at Meeting.

                   To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of
         Securities, a person shall (a) be a Holder of Securities or (b)
         be a person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a
         Holder of Securities.  The only persons who shall be entitled
         to be present or speak at any meeting of the Holders of the
         Securities shall be the persons entitled to vote at such meet-
         ing and their counsel and any representatives of the Company
         and its counsel.



                                      -64-<PAGE>







                   Section 9.5.  Regulations for Meeting.

                   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Inden-
         ture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it
         may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of the Securities
         in regard to the appointment of proxies, the proof of the
         holding of Securities, the appointment and duties of inspectors
         of votes, the submission and examination of proxies and other
         evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concern-
         ing the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.  Except
         as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the
         holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified
         in Section 9.6 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved
         in the manner specified in such Section 9.6 or by having the
         signature of the person executing the proxy witnessed or guar-
         anteed by any bank, banker, trust company or New York Stock
         Exchange, Inc. member firm satisfactory to the Trustee.

                   The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, ap-
         point a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting
         shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of the Se-
         curities as provided in Section 9.3, in which case the Company
         or the Holders of the Securities calling the meeting, as the
         case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman,
         and a permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meet-
         ing shall be elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in
         principal amount of the Securities represented at the meeting
         and entitled to vote.

                   At any meeting of Holders of Securities, the presence
         of persons holding or representing Securities in an aggregate
         principal amount sufficient to take action upon the business
         for the transaction of which such meeting was called shall be
         necessary to constitute a quorum; but, if less than a quorum be
         present, the persons holding or representing a majority in ag-
         gregate principal amount of the Securities represented at the
         meeting may adjourn such meeting with the same effect, for all
         intents and purposes, as though a quorum had been present.

                   Section 9.6.  Proof of Execution of Instruments and
         of Holding of Securities.

                   Proof of the execution of any instrument by a Holder
         of Securities or his or her agent or proxy and proof of the
         holding by any Person of any of the Securities shall be suf-
         ficient if made in the following manner;

                   (1)  The fact and date of the execution by any such
              Person of any instrument may be proved by the certificate
              of any notary public or other officer of any jurisdiction



                                      -65-<PAGE>







              authorized to take acknowledgements of deeds to be re-
              corded in such jurisdiction that the Person executing such
              instrument acknowledged to him or her the execution
              thereof, or by an affidavit of a witness to such execution
              sworn to before any such notary or other such officer.
              Such certificate or affidavit shall constitute sufficient
              proof of the authority of the Person executing any instru-
              ment in cases where Securities are not held by Persons in
              their individual capacities.

                   (2)  The fact and date of execution of any such in-
              strument may also be proved in any other manner which the
              Trustee deems sufficient.

                   (3)  The ownership of Securities shall be proved by
              the register of the Securities or by a certificate of the
              Registrar.

                   (4)  The Trustee shall not be bound to recognize any
              Person as a Securityholder unless his or her title to any
              Security is proved in the manner provided in this Section
              9.6.

                   The Trustee may require such additional proof of any
         matter referred to in this Section 9.06 as it shall deem nec-
         essary.


                                    ARTICLE 10
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                   Section 10.1.  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

                   If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or con-
         flicts with any provision of the TIA or another provision which
         is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture  by any
         of the provisions of the TIA, the provision of the TIA shall
         control.

                   Section 10.2.  Notices.

                   Any notice or communication by the Company or the
         Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered
         in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certi-
         fied, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight
         air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the other's ad-
         dress:






                                      -66-<PAGE>







                   If to the Company:

                        Sassco Fashions, Ltd.
                        77 Metro Way
                        Secaucus, New Jersey  07094
                        Attention:  President
                        Telecopier No.:  (201) 583-8860

                   If to the Trustee:

                        IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
                        One State Street
                        New York, New York  10004
                        Attention:  Corporate Trust Department
                        Re:  Sassco Fashions, Ltd.
                        Telecopier No.:  (212) 858-2952

                   The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other,
         may designate additional or different addresses for subse-
         quent notices or communications.

                   All notices and communications (other than those
         sent to Securityholders) shall be deemed to have been duly
         given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally deliv-
         ered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail,
         postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed;
         when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Busi-
         ness Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by
         overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

                   Any notice or communication to a Securityholder
         shall be mailed by first-class mail certified or registered,
         return receipt requested, to his address shown on the regis-
         ter kept by the Registrar or telecopied to his number, if
         any, shown on the register kept by the Registrar for that
         purpose.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Se-
         curityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its suf-
         ficiency with respect to other Securityholders.

                   If a notice or communication is mailed to a Securi-
         tyholder in the manner provided above within the time pre-
         scribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee re-
         ceives it.

                   If the Company mails a notice or communication to
         Securityholders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each
         Agent at the same time.






                                      -67-<PAGE>







                   Section 10.3.  Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

                   The Table of Contents and Headings of the Articles
         and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for conve-
         nience of reference only, are not to be considered a part
         hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the
         terms or provisions hereof.

                   Section 10.4.  Certificate and Opinion as to
                                  Conditions Precedent.

                   Upon any request or application by the Company to
         the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Com-
         pany shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
         (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 9.6)
         stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions
         precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Inden-
         ture relating to the proposed action have been complied with.

                   Section 10.5.  Statements Required in Certificate.

                   Each certificate with respect to compliance with a
         condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall
         include:

                   (1)  a statement that the Person making such cer-
              tificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                   (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope
              of the examination or investigation upon which the
              statements or opinions contained in such certificate or
              opinion are based;

                   (3)  a statement that, in the opinion of such Per-
              son, he has made such examination or investigation as is
              necessary to entitle him to express an informed opinion
              as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
              complied with; and

                   (4)  a statement as to whether or not, in the opin-
              ion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been
              complied with.

                   Section 10.6.  Rules by Trustee and Agents.

                   The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by
         or at a meeting of Securityholders.  The Registrar or Paying
         Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable require-
         ments for its functions.




                                      -68-<PAGE>







                   Section 10.7.  Legal Holidays.

                   If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment may
         be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holi-
         day, and interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

                   Section 10.8.  No Recourse Against Others.

                   A director, officer, employee or stockholder of the
         Company, as such, shall not have any liability for any Obli-
         gations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture
         or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
         Obligations or their creation.  Each Securityholder by ac-
         cepting a Security waives and releases all such liability.

                   Section 10.9.  Governing Law; Submission to
                                  Jurisdiction.

                   (1)  The laws of the State of New York shall govern
         and be used to construe this Indenture and the Securities.

                   (2)  The Company hereby expressly and irrevocably
         agrees and consents that any suit, action or proceeding aris-
         ing out of or relating to this Indenture, the Securities and
         the transactions contemplated herein may be instituted by the
         Trustee or any Holder in any State or Federal court sitting
         in the County of New York, State of New York, United States
         of America and, by the execution and delivery of this Inden-
         ture, the Securities, the Company expressly waives any objec-
         tion that it may have now or hereafter to the laying of the
         venue or to the jurisdiction of any such suit, action or pro-
         ceeding, and irrevocably submits generally and uncondition-
         ally to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit,
         action or proceeding.

                   (3)  The Company agrees that service of process may
         be made on the Company by personal service of a copy of the
         summons and complaint or other legal process in any such
         suit, action or proceeding, or by registered or certified
         mail (postage prepaid) to the address of the Company speci-
         fied in or pursuant to Section 9.3, or by any other method of
         service provided for under the applicable laws in effect in
         the State of New York.

                   (4)  Nothing contained in subsection (2) or (3)
         hereof shall preclude the Trustee or any Holder from bringing
         any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to
         this Indenture, the Securities or the transactions contem-
         plated herein in the courts of any place where the Company or




                                      -69-<PAGE>







         any of the Company's property or assets may be found or lo-
         cated or any other place where jurisdiction may otherwise be
         obtained.

                   Section 10.10. No Adverse Integration of Other
                                  Agreements.

                   This Indenture may not be used to interpret another
         indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsid-
         iary.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be
         used to interpret this Indenture.

                   Section 10.11.  Successors.

                   All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture
         shall bind its successor.  All rights of the Securityholders
         granted hereunder shall inure to the benefit of their succes-
         sors.

                   Section 10.12.  Severability.

                   In case any provision in this Indenture or in the
         Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
         validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provi-
         sions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                   Section 10.13.  Counterpart Originals.

                   The parties may sign any number of copies of this
         Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of
         them together represent the same agreement.  One signed copy
         is enough to prove this Indenture.

                   Section 10.14.  Accounting Terms.  

                   All accounting terms not specifically defined here-
         in shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, consistently
         applied.  Where any accounting determination or calculation
         is required to be made under this Agreement, such determina-
         tion or calculation (unless otherwise provided) will be made
         in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, except that if
         because of a change in GAAP, the Company would have to alter
         a previously utilized accounting method or policy in order to
         remain in compliance with GAAP, such determination or calcu-
         lation will continue to be made in accordance with the Com-
         pany's previous accounting methods or policy.  Unless other-
         wise specified herein, all financial statements required to
         be delivered hereunder shall be prepared and all financial
         records shall be maintained in accordance with GAAP.




                                      -70-<PAGE>







                   Section 10.15.  Transfers of Securities.  

                   Except as otherwise permitted under Bankruptcy Law,
         until such time as Securities shall be registered pursuant to
         a registration statement filed under the Securities Act and
         said Securities shall be transferred pursuant to the terms of
         an effective registration statement, such Securities shall
         bear a legend to that effect, and transfer of such legended
         Securities shall be subject to the Company and the Trustee
         receiving a representation from the prospective purchaser,
         reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company
         and to the Trustee, that such prospective purchaser is ac-
         quiring the Securities for its own account and not with a
         view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution
         or other disposition thereof or with any present intention of
         distributing or reselling such Securities.



                                    SASSCO FASHIONS, LTD.


                                    By: /s/ Arthur S. Levine                   
                                       Title: Chief Executive Officer



                                    IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY,
                                    as Trustee


                                    By: /s/ Barbara McCluskey                  
                                       Title: Vice President




















                                      -71-<PAGE>







                                   EXHIBIT A


                              (Face of Securities)


                             SASSCO FASHIONS, LTD.

                         12.75% Senior Notes, Due 2004


                   SASSCO FASHIONS, LTD., a corporation organized and
              existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, prom-
              ises to pay to               or registered assigns the
              principal sum of         Dollars on March 31, 2004 as
              set forth herein.

              Interest Payment Dates:  September 30, 1997 and each
         March 31 and September 30 thereafter.

              Record Dates:  September 1, 1997, and each September 1
         and March 1 thereafter.

              Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of
         this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further
         provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if
         set forth at this place.

                                       SASSCO FASHIONS, LTD.


                                       By:                            
                                          Title:


                                       Attest:


         [SEAL]
                                       By:                            
                                          Title:<PAGE>







         Dated:
         Certificate of Authentication:
         This is one of the Securities
         referred to in the within-
         mentioned Indenture.



         IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY,
         as Trustee



         By:                           
            Authorized Officer<PAGE>







                              (Back of Securities)

                             SASSCO FASHIONS, LTD.

                         12.75% Senior Notes, Due 2004


                   1.  Interest.  Sassco Fashions, Ltd., a Delaware
         corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the
         principal amount of this Security from June 4, 1997 (the
         "Issue Date") until maturity at the interest rate of 12.75%
         per annum, payable as set forth in paragraph 2.

                   The Company shall pay interest (including post-
         petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law,
         as defined in the Indenture) on overdue principal at the rate
         equal to 14.75% per annum; it shall pay interest (including
         post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
         Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to
         any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent
         lawful.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day
         year of twelve 30-day months.

                   2.  Method of Payment.  The Company shall pay in-
         terest (i) in arrears on September 30, 1997 to the holders of
         record of this Security ("Holders") at the close of business
         on September 1, 1997, and (ii) semiannually in arrears on
         each March 31 and September 30, to the Holders at the close
         of business on the March 1 and September 1 next preceding the
         interest payment date, commencing March 31, 1998.  Interest
         shall initially accrue from the date of issuance of this Se-
         curity, and the first interest payment date will be September
         30, 1997.  The Company shall pay interest on the Securities
         (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered
         Holders of Securities at the close of business on the record
         date for the next interest payment date even though Securi-
         ties are canceled after the record date and on or before the
         interest payment date.  Holders must surrender Securities to
         a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Company
         shall pay principal, premium and interest in money of the
         United States of America that at the time of payment is legal
         tender for payment of public and private debts.  The Company
         may, however, pay principal and, except as set forth below,
         interest by check payable in such money.

                   3.  Paying Agent and Registrar.  IBJ Schroder Bank
         & Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), shall act as
         Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Pay-
         ing Agent, Co-Paying Agent, Registrar or Co-Registrar without<PAGE>







         prior notice.  The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act
         in any such capacity.

                   4.  Indenture.  The Company issued the Securities
         under an Indenture dated as of June 4, 1997 (the "Indenture")
         among the Company and the Trustee.  The terms of the Securi-
         ties include those stated in the Indenture and those made
         part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act
         of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date
         of the Indenture.  The Securities are subject to, and quali-
         fied by, all such terms, certain of which are summarized
         herein, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such
         Act for a statement of such terms.  The Securities are gen-
         eral obligations of the Company limited to $110,000,000 in
         original aggregate principal amount.

                   5.  Optional Redemption.  Commencing on January 1,
         2000, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the Secu-
         rities, at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture,
         together with accrued interest to the date of such redemption
         on the principal amount of Securities redeemed.  In addition,
         prior to January 1, 2000, the Company may redeem up to a
         specified percentage of the Securities at a specified redemp-
         tion price, from the net proceeds of one or more public eq-
         uity offerings, as set forth in the Indenture.

                   6.  Repurchase Upon Change of Control.  If at any
         time a Change of Control occurs, the Company shall be re-
         quired to offer to repurchase all outstanding Securities at a
         price equal to 101% of the outstanding principal amount
         thereof plus accrued interest thereon to the date of repur-
         chase of such Securities.  Holders of Securities which are
         the subject of such an offer to repurchase shall receive an
         offer to repurchase from the Company prior to any related re-
         purchase date, and may elect to have such Securities repur-
         chased by complying with the instructions issued by the Com-
         pany in respect of such repurchase pursuant to Section 4.12
         of the Indenture.

                   7.  Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption
         pursuant to paragraph 5 of this Security shall be mailed at
         least 30 days but no more than 60 days before the redemption
         date to each Holder to be redeemed at his registered address.
         Securities in denominations larger than $1,000 may be re-
         deemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000.  In the
         event of a redemption of less than all of the Securities, the
         Securities shall be chosen for redemption by the Trustee,
         generally pro rata, by lot or other method authorized in the
         Indenture.  On and after the redemption date interest ceases<PAGE>







         to accrue on Securities or portions of them called for re-
         demption.

                   If this Security is redeemed subsequent to a record
         date with respect to any interest payment date specified
         above and on or prior to such interest payment date, then any
         accrued interest shall be paid to the person in whose name
         this Security is registered at the close of business on such
         record date.

                   8.  Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  Subject to
         certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Securities
         are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
         $100 and integral multiples thereof.  The transfer of Securi-
         ties may be registered and Securities may be exchanged as
         provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Hold-
         er, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements
         and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required
         by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not
         exchange or register the transfer of any Security or portion
         of a Security selected for redemption.  Also, it need not ex-
         change or register the transfer of any Securities for a pe-
         riod of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be re-
         deemed.

                   9.  Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder
         of a Security shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

                   10.  Amendments and Waivers.  Subject to certain
         exceptions, the Indenture or the Securities may be amended
         with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
         principal amount of the then outstanding Securities, and any
         existing Default may be waived with the consent of the Hold-
         ers of at least a majority in principal amount of the then
         outstanding Securities.  Without the consent of any Holder,
         the Indenture or the Securities may be amended to cure any
         ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or to make any change that
         does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

                   11.  Defaults and Remedies.  An Event of Default
         is:  default for Five Business Days in payment of interest on
         the Securities; default in payment of principal on the Secu-
         rities; failure by the Company to comply with certain of its
         agreements in the Indenture or the Securities; failure by the
         Company for a specified number of days after notice to it to
         comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or
         the Securities; certain breaches of representations and war-
         ranties; certain defaults in payment of other indebtedness of
         the Company and certain of its Subsidiaries; certain final<PAGE>







         judgments which remain undischarged; certain events of bank-
         ruptcy or insolvency.  If an Event of Default occurs and is
         continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
         principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may de-
         clare the principal amount of the Securities to be due and
         payable immediately.  In the case of an Event of Default
         arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all
         outstanding Securities become due and payable immediately
         without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce
         the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the In-
         denture.  The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to
         it before it enforces the Indenture or Securities.  Subject
         to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
         amount of the then outstanding Securities may direct the
         Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  

                   12.  Unclaimed Money.  If money for the payment of
         principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years and six
         months, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money
         back to the Company at its request.  After that, Security
         holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for
         payment unless an abandoned property law designates another
         person and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent
         with respect to such money shall cease.

                   13.  Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.  If
         the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Govern-
         ment Obligations sufficient to pay principal of, premium, if
         any, and accrued interest on the Notes to redemption or matu-
         rity, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture and
         the Securities, except for certain sections thereof.

                   14.  Trustee Dealings with Company.  The Trustee,
         in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to,
         accept deposits from, and perform services for any obligor on
         the Securities or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with
         each such obligor or its Affiliates, as if it were not
         Trustee.

                   15.  No Recourse Against Others.  A director, of-
         ficer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall
         not have any liability for any obligations of the Company un-
         der the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based
         on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations.  Each
         Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such
         liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consider-
         ation for the issue of the Securities.<PAGE>







                   16.  Authentication.  This Security shall not be
         valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the
         Trustee or an authenticating agent.

                   17.  Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be
         used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN
         COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entire-
         ties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivor-ship
         and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and
         U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act.)  Terms defined in
         the Indenture and not otherwise defined in this Security have
         the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

                   18.  Indenture.  Each Holder, by accepting a Secu-
         rity, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions
         of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to
         time.

                   19.  CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation
         promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identifica-
         tion Procedures, the Company may cause CUSIP numbers to be
         printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use
         CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to
         Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of
         such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as con-
         tained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed
         only on the other identification numbers placed hereon.

                   The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written
         request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Request
         may be made to:  Sassco Fashions, Ltd., 77 Metro Way, Secau-
         cus, New Jersey 07094, Attention:  President.<PAGE>







                                ASSIGNMENT FORM


                   To assign this Security, fill in the form below:
         (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Security to

                                                                           
              (insert assignee's social security or tax I.D. no.)

                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           


                   (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip
         code) and irrevocably appoint                              
         agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company.
         The agent may substitute another to act for him.


         Date:                Your signature:                              


              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side
                               of this Security)



         Signature Guaranty:                         









                              SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE


                   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of June 30, 1997
         (the "Supplemental Indenture") to the Indenture between Sassco
         Fashions, Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and IBJ
         Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as trustee (the "Trustee"),
         dated as of June 4, 1997 (the "Indenture").

                   WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore
         executed and entered into the Indenture;

                   WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.1(5) of the Indenture,
         the Company has determined that an amendment to the Indenture
         by Supplemental Indenture  as set forth herein, is appropriate
         and will not adversely affect the legal rights of any
         Securityholder thereunder and the Company and the Trustee
         desire to evidence such amendment in writing; and

                   WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this
         Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement, enforceable according
         to its terms have been done and performed, and the execution
         and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and
         the Trustee have been in all respects duly authorized by the
         Company and the Trustee.

                   ACCORDINGLY, in consideration of the foregoing and
         the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto
         agree as follows:

                   1.   Section 2.1 of the Indenture is hereby modified
         and amended to change the reference to "$1,000" to "$1".

                   2.   Section 3.2 of the Indenture is hereby modified
         and amended to change each of the references to"$1,000" to
         "$1".

                   3.   Exhibit A of the Indenture is hereby modified
         and amended to change the reference to "$100" to "$1".

                   4.   This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by
         and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
         York and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in
         accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts
         to be made and performed entirely within such State.

                   5.   This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in
         one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original,
         but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
         same instrument.  Terms not defined herein shall, unless the
         context otherwise requires, have the meanings assigned to such
         terms in the Indenture.

                   6.   In all respects not inconsistent with the terms
         and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture is
         hereby ratified, adopted, approved and confirmed. 

                   7.   If any term, provision, covenant or restriction
         of this Supplemental Indenture is held by a court of competent
         jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or
         unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, cov-
         enants and restrictions of this Supplemental Indenture and of
         the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and shall
         in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.<PAGE>





                   8.   The provisions of this Supplemental Indenture
         will take effect immediately upon its execution and delivery to
         the Trustee.

                   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
         this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the
         date and year first above written.


                                       SASSCO FASHIONS, LTD. 



                                       By:  /s/ Dennis P. Kelley               
                                          Name: Dennis P. Kelley
                                          Title: Chief Financial Officer



                                       IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST
                                       COMPANY, as Trustee 



                                       By: /s/ Barbara McCluskey              
                                          Name: Barbara McCluskey
                                          Title: Vice President





























                                        2








         UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

         SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK
         ----------------------------------x

         In re                             :
                                               Chapter 11 Case No.
         THE LESLIE FAY COMPANIES, INC.,   :   93 B 41724 et seq. (TLB)
              et al.,                          (Jointly Administered)
                                           :
              Debtors.
         ----------------------------------x








                      FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT PLAN
                      OF REORGANIZATION FOR DEBTORS PURSUANT
                       TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE UNITED STATES
              BANKRUPTCY CODE PROPOSED BY DEBTORS AND CREDITORS' COMMITTEE








         WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP   WACHTELL, LIPTON, ROSEN & KATZ
         Attorneys for Debtors        Attorneys for the Official
           in Possession                Committee of Unsecured Creditors
         767 Fifth Avenue               of The Leslie Fay Companies, Inc.
         New York, New York 10153     51 West 52nd Street
         (212) 310-8000               New York, New York 10019
                                      (212) 403-1000<PAGE>







                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                     Page

         ARTICLE I
         DEFINITIONS...............................................    1
              1.1    Administrative Expense Claim..................    1
              1.2    Affiliate.....................................    1
              1.3    Allowed Administrative Expense Claim..........    1
              1.4    Allowed Bank Claim............................    1
              1.5    Allowed Claim.................................    1
              1.6    Allowed General Unsecured Claim...............    1
              1.7    Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim................    2
              1.8    Allowed Priority Tax Claim....................    2
              1.9    Allowed Secured Claim.........................    2
              1.10   Allowed Senior Note Claim.....................    2
              1.11   Allowed Senior Subordinated Note Claim........    2
              1.12   Allowed Unsecured Claim.......................    2
              1.13   Amended Bylaws of Reorganized Leslie Fay......    2
              1.14   Amended Certificate of Incorporation of
                       Reorganized Leslie Fay......................    2
              1.15   Ballot........................................    2
              1.16   Ballot Date...................................    2
              1.17   Bank Cash Amount..............................    2
              1.18   Bank Claim....................................    2
              1.19   Bank Leslie Fay Stock Amount..................    3
              1.20   Bank LFC Fraction.............................    3
              1.21   Bank Sassco Note Amount.......................    3
              1.22   Bank Sassco Stock Amount......................    3
              1.23   Bankruptcy Code...............................    3
              1.24   Bankruptcy Court..............................    3
              1.25   Bankruptcy Rules..............................    3
              1.26   Business Day..................................    4
              1.27   Cash..........................................    4
              1.28   Cash Available for Distribution...............    4
              1.29   Cash Equivalents..............................    4
              1.30   Castleberry Assets............................    4
              1.31   Castleberry Division..........................    4
              1.32   Castleberry Liabilities.......................    4
              1.33   Chapter 11 Cases..............................    4
              1.34   Claim.........................................    4
              1.35   Class.........................................    4
              1.36   Class Action..................................    4
              1.37   Collateral....................................    4
              1.38   Confirmation Date.............................    4
              1.39   Confirmation Order............................    5
              1.40   Consummation Cash Shortfall Amount............    5
              1.41   Convenience Claims............................    5
              1.42   Creditor......................................    5
              1.43   Creditor Representative.......................    5


                                       -i-<PAGE>







                                                                     Page

              1.44   Creditors' Committee..........................    5
              1.45   Debtor........................................    5
              1.46   Debtor in Possession..........................    5
              1.47   Deferred Professionals........................    5
              1.48   Derivative Action.............................    5
              1.49   Derivative Action Board.......................    5
              1.50   Disbursement Account(s).......................    5
              1.51   Disbursing Agent..............................    6
              1.52   Disclosure Statement..........................    6
              1.53   Disputed Claim................................    6
              1.54   Dress and Sportswear Assets...................    6
              1.55   Effective Date................................    6
              1.56   Effective Date Anniversary....................    6
              1.57   Entity........................................    6
              1.58   Equity Committee..............................    6
              1.59   Equity Interest...............................    6
              1.60   Final Distribution Date.......................    6
              1.61   Final Order...................................    6
              1.62   General Unsecured Cash Amount.................    7
              1.63   General Unsecured Claim.......................    7
              1.64   General Unsecured Leslie Fay Stock Amount.....    7
              1.65   General Unsecured LFC Fraction................    7
              1.66   General Unsecured Sassco Note Amount..........    7
              1.67   General Unsecured Sassco Stock Amount.........    7
              1.68   Guarantee.....................................    7
              1.69   Hue...........................................    7
              1.70   Hue Equity Interest...........................    7
              1.71   Intercompany Affiliate........................    7
              1.72   Intercompany Affiliate Claim..................    7
              1.73   Leslie Fay....................................    7
              1.74   Leslie Fay Assets.............................    7
              1.75   Leslie Fay Dress Division.....................    7
              1.76   Leslie Fay Equity Interest....................    8
              1.77   Leslie Fay Intellectual Property..............    8
              1.78   Leslie Fay Liabilities........................    8
              1.79   Leslie Fay Sportswear Division................    8
              1.80   Levine........................................    8
              1.81   Levine Employment Agreement...................    8
              1.82   Licensing.....................................    8
              1.83   Licensing Equity Interest.....................    8
              1.84   Lien..........................................    8
              1.85   New Castleberry...............................    8
              1.86   New Castleberry Bylaws........................    8
              1.87   New Castleberry Certificate of Incorporation..    8
              1.88   New Castleberry Common Stock..................    8
              1.89   New Sassco....................................    8
              1.90   New Sassco Bylaws.............................    8
              1.91   New Sassco Certificate of Incorporation.......    8
              1.92   New Sassco Common Stock.......................    9
              1.93   New Sassco Credit Agreement...................    9


                                       -ii-<PAGE>







                                                                     Page

              1.94   New Sassco EBIT...............................    9
              1.95   New Sassco Indenture..........................    9
              1.96   New Sassco Indenture Trustee..................    9
              1.97   New Sassco Intercompany Note..................    9
              1.98   New Sassco Lender.............................    9
              1.99   New Sassco Management Options.................    9
              1.100  New Sassco Management Recipients..............    9
              1.101  New Sassco Notes..............................    9
              1.102  New Sassco Registration Rights Agreement......    9
              1.103  New Securities................................    9
              1.104  New Securities Available for Distribution.....    9
              1.105  1986 Stock Option Plan........................   10
              1.106  Nipon Agreement...............................   10
              1.107  Nipon Trademarks..............................   10
              1.108  Outlander.....................................   10
              1.109  Person........................................   10
              1.110  Petition Date.................................   10
              1.111  Plan..........................................   10
              1.112  Plan Administration Agreement.................   10
              1.113  Plan Administrator............................   10
              1.114  Plan Assets...................................   10
              1.115  Plan Supplement...............................   10
              1.116  Pomerantz.....................................   11
              1.117  Priority Non-Tax Claim........................   11
              1.118  Priority Tax Claim............................   11
              1.119  Proponents....................................   11
              1.120  Pro Rata Bank Fraction........................   11
              1.121  Pro Rata General Unsecured Fraction...........   11
              1.122  Pro Rata Senior Note Fraction.................   11
              1.123  Pro Rata Senior Subordinated Fraction.........   11
              1.124  Pro Rata Share................................   11
              1.125  Reorganized Leslie Fay........................   11
              1.126  Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock...........   11
              1.127  Reorganized Leslie Fay Credit Agreement.......   11
              1.128  Reorganized Leslie Fay Earnings Adjustment....   11
              1.129  Reorganized Leslie Fay EBITDA.................   12
              1.130  Reorganized Leslie Fay Lender.................   12
              1.131  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Agreement....   12
              1.132  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company......   12
              1.133  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company
                       By-Laws.....................................   12
              1.134  Reorganized Leslie Fay licensing Company
                       Certificate of Incorporation................   12
              1.135  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company 
                       Common Stock................................   12
              1.136  Reorganized Leslie Fay Net Asset Amount.......   12
              1.137  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company......   12
              1.138  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company
                       Bylaws......................................   12
              1.139  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company
                       Certificate of Incorporation................   12
              1.140  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company
                       Common Stock................................   12
              1.141  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company
                       Liabilities.................................   12
              1.142  Reorganized Leslie Fay Registration Rights
                       Agreement...................................   12
              1.143  Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior Managers........   13


                                      -iii-<PAGE>







                                                                     Page

              1.144  Reorganized Leslie Fay Stock Options..........   13
              1.145  Reorganized Leslie Fay Target EBITDA..........   13
              1.146  Retail (Alabama)..............................   13
              1.147  Retail (Alabama) Equity Interest..............   13
              1.148  Retail (California)...........................   13
              1.149  Retail (California) Equity Interest...........   13
              1.150  Retail Debtor.................................   13
              1.151  Retail (Iowa).................................   13
              1.152  Retail (Iowa) Equity Interest.................   13
              1.153  Retail Outlets................................   13
              1.154  Retail Outlets Equity Interest................   13
              1.155  Retail (Tennessee)............................   13
              1.156  Retail (Tennessee) Equity Interest............   13
              1.157  Retiree.......................................   13
              1.158  Retiree Administrative Claim..................   13
              1.159  Retiree Benefit Plans.........................   13
              1.160  Revolving Credit Notes........................   13
              1.161  Rights........................................   13
              1.162  Rights Agreement..............................   13
              1.163  Sassco........................................   14
              1.164  Sassco Assets.................................   14
              1.165  Sassco Labilities.............................   14
              1.166  Schedule of Leslie Fay and Castleberry
                       Assets and Liabilities......................   14
              1.167  Schedule of Sassco Assets and Liabilities.....   14
              1.168  Schedules.....................................   14
              1.169  Secured Claim.................................   14
              1.170  Securities Act................................   14
              1.171  Senior Bank Fraction..........................   14
              1.172  Senior Note Cash Amount.......................   14
              1.173  Senior Note Claim.............................   15
              1.174  Senior Note Documents.........................   15
              1.175  Senior Note Fraction..........................   15
              1.176  Senior Note Leslie Fay Stock Amount...........   15
              1.177  Senior Note LFC Fraction......................   15
              1.178  Senior Note Sassco Note Amount................   15
              1.179  Senior Note Sassco Stock Amount...............   15
              1.180  Senior Notes..................................   16
              1.181  Senior Subordinated LFC Fraction..............   16
              1.182  Senior Subordinated Note Claim................   16
              1.183  Senior Subordinated Notes.....................   16
              1.184  Special Sassco Assets.........................   16
              1.185  Spitalnick....................................   16
              1.186  Spitalnick Equity Interest....................   16
              1.187  Statutorily Subordinated Claims...............   16
              1.188  Statutory Lien Claim..........................   16
              1.189  Stock Option..................................   16
              1.190  Subsidiary....................................   16
              1.191  Subsidiary Guaranty Claims....................   16
              1.192  Taxes.........................................   16
              1.193  Unsecured Claim...............................   16


                                       -iv-<PAGE>







                                                                     Page

              1.194  Working Capital Adjustment....................   17
              1.195  Other Definitions.............................   17

         ARTICLE II
         COMPROMISE AND SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES;
         SUBSTANTIVE CONSOLIDATION OF DEBTORS;
         ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATION UNDER THE PLAN...................   17

              2.1    Compromise and Settlement.....................   17
              2.2    Substantive Consolidation.....................   17
              2.3    Cancellation of Intercompany Claims...........   17

         ARTICLE III
         SEPARATION OF SASSCO AND LESLIE FAY.......................   17
              3.1    Merger and Consolidation......................   17
              3.2    Effective Date Transactions...................   17
              3.3    Post-Effective Date Adjustment................   19

         ARTICLE IV
         NEW SASSCO MATTERS........................................   19
              4.1    New Sassco Management Options.................   19
              4.2    Levine Employment.............................   19
              4.3    New Sassco Credit Agreement...................   19
              4.4    New Sassco Registration Rights Agreement......   19
              4.5    Certain Corporate Governance Matters..........   19
                     (a)  Organization.............................   19
                     (b)  Board of Directors.......................   19
                     (c)  Certain Transactions.....................   20
              4.6    Miscellaneous.................................   20
              4.7    Additional Stock Options......................   20

         ARTICLE V
         REORGANIZED LESLIE FAY MATTERS............................   20
              5.1    Employment Contracts..........................   20
              5.2    Reorganized Leslie Fay Stock Options..........   21
              5.3    Additional Pomerantz Arrangements.............   21
              5.4    Board of Directors............................   21
              5.5    Reorganized Leslie Fay Credit Agreement.......   21
              5.6    Reorganized Leslie Fay Registration Rights
                          Agreement................................   21

         ARTICLE VI
         PROVISIONS FOR PAYMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE
         EXPENSE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS....................   21
              6.1    Administrative Expense Claims.................   21
              6.2    Compensation and Reimbursement Claims.........   22
              6.3    Payment of Priority Tax Claims................   22

         ARTICLE VII
         CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS.............   22


                                       -v-<PAGE>







                                                                     Page

         ARTICLE VIII
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         PRIORITY NON-TAX CLAIMS (CLASS 1).........................   23
              8.1    Payment of Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claims....   23

         ARTICLE IX
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         SECURED CLAIMS (CLASS 2)..................................   23
              9.1    Payment of Secured Claims.....................   23

         ARTICLE X
         PROVISIONS FOR ALLOWANCE AND
         TREATMENT OF BANK CLAIMS (CLASS 3)........................   23
              10.1   Allowance of Bank Claims......................   23
              10.2   Payment of Allowed Bank Claims................   24

         ARTICLE XI
         PROVISIONS FOR ALLOWANCE AND
         TREATMENT OF SENIOR NOTE CLAIMS (CLASS 4).................   24
              11.1   Allowance of Senior Note Claims...............   24
              11.2   Payment of Allowed Senior Note Claims.........   24

         ARTICLE XII
         PROVISIONS FOR ALLOWANCE AND TREATMENT OF
         SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE CLAIMS (CLASS 5).................   24
              12.1   Allowance of Senior Subordinated Note Claims..   24
              12.2   Payment of Senior Subordinated Note Claims....   24

         ARTICLE XIII
              [Intentionally Omitted.].............................   25

         ARTICLE XIV
         PROVISION FOR TREATMENT OF GENERAL
         UNSECURED CLAIMS (CLASS 6)................................   25
              14.1   Payment of Allowed General Unsecured Claims...   25
              14.2   Allowed Claims of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars
                       or More.....................................   25

         ARTICLE XV
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT
         OF CONVENIENCE CLAIMS (CLASS 7)...........................   25

         ARTICLE XVI
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         STATUTORILY SUBORDINATED CLAIMS (CLASS 8).................   26

         ARTICLE XVII
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         LESLIE FAY EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 9).....................   26


                                       -vi-<PAGE>







                                                                     Page

         ARTICLE XVIII
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         HUE EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 10)...........................   26

         ARTICLE XIX
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         SPITALNICK EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 11)....................   26

         ARTICLE XX
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         LICENSING EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 12).....................   26

         ARTICLE XXI
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         RETAIL OUTLETS EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 13)................   27

         ARTICLE XXII
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         RETAIL (ALABAMA) EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 14)..............   27

         ARTICLE XXIII
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         RETAIL (CALIFORNIA) EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 15)...........   27

         ARTICLE XXIV
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         RETAIL (IOWA) EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 16).................   27

         ARTICLE XXV
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         RETAIL (TENNESSEE) EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 17)............   27

         ARTICLE XXVI
         PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
         DISPUTED CLAIMS UNDER THE PLAN............................   28
              26.1   Objections to Claims; Prosecution of
                       Disputed Claims.............................   28
              26.2   Estimation of Claims..........................   28
              26.3   Payments and Distributions on Disputed
                       Claims......................................   28

         ARTICLE XXVII
         PROSECUTION OF CLAIMS HELD BY THE DEBTORS.................   29
              27.1   Prosecution of Claims.........................   29
              27.2   Net Payment by Defendants.....................   29

         ARTICLE XXVIII
         ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF PLAN;
         EFFECT OF REJECTION BY ONE OR MORE CLASSES OF CLAIMS......   29
              28.1   Impaired Classes to Vote......................   29
              28.2   Acceptance by Class of Creditors..............   30
              28.3   Cramdown......................................   30


                                      -vii-<PAGE>







                                                                     Page

         ARTICLE XXIX
         IDENTIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND
         EQUITY INTERESTS NOT IMPAIRED BY THE PLAN.................   30
              29.1   Unimpaired Classes............................   30
              29.2   Impaired Classes to Vote on Plan..............   30
              29.3   Controversy Concerning Impairment.............   30

         ARTICLE XXX
         PROVISIONS FOR TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS....................   30
              30.1   Time and Manner of Payments...................   30
                     (a)  Initial Payments.........................   30
                     (b)  Quarterly Payments.......................   30
              30.2   Timeliness of Payments........................   31
              30.3   Distributions by Disbursing Agent.............   31
              30.4   Calculation of Distribution Amounts of
                       Securities..................................   31
              30.5   Delivery of Distributions.....................   31
              30.6   Undeliverable Distributions...................   31
                     (a)  Holding of Undeliverable Distributions...   31
                     (b)  Failure to Claim Undeliverable 
                            Distributions..........................   31
              30.7   Compliance with Tax Requirements..............   32
              30.8   Time Bar to Cash Payments.....................   32
              30.9   Distributions After Effective Date............   32
              30.10  Set-Offs......................................   32
              30.11  Surrender and Cancellation of Instruments.....   32
              30.12  De Minimis Distributions......................   32
              30.13  HSR Compliance................................   32
              30.14  Termination of Subordination Rights and
                       Settlement of Related Claims and
                       Controversies...............................   33

         ARTICLE XXXI
         RIGHTS AND POWERS OF DISBURSING AGENT.....................   33
              31.1   Exculpation...................................   33
              31.2   Powers of the Disbursing Agent................   33
              31.3   Expenses Incurred From and After the
                       Effective Date..............................   33
              31.4   Method of Payment.............................   33

         ARTICLE XXXII
         THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR....................................   34
              32.1   Appointment of Plan Administrator.............   34
              32.2   Responsibilities of Plan Administrator........   34
              32.3   Powers of Plan Administrator..................   34
              32.4   Compensation of Plan Administrator............   34
              32.5   Termination of Plan Administrator.............   34

         ARTICLE XXXIII
         COMMITTEES................................................   34
              33.1   Creditors' Committee Composition and Term.....   34
              33.2   Duties and Powers of the Creditors'
                       Committee...................................   35
              33.3   Equity Committee..............................   35
              33.4   Dissolution of Derivative Action Board........   35


                                      -viii-<PAGE>







                                                                     Page

         ARTICLE XXXIV
         EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES..................   35
              34.1   Assumption of Executory Contracts and
                       Unexpired Leases............................   35
              34.2   Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory
                       Contracts and Unexpired Leases..............   35
              34.3   Rejection Damage Claims.......................   35

         ARTICLE XXXV
         CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN.........   36
              35.1   Conditions Precedent to Effective Date of
                       the Plan....................................   36
                     (a)  Entry of the Confirmation Order..........   36
                     (b)  Post-Consummation New Sassco Financing...   36
                     (c)  Post-Consummation Reorganized Leslie
                            Fay Financing..........................   36
                     (d)  Execution of Documents; Other Actions....   36
                     (e)  Appointment of Plan Administrator........   36
                     (f)  Amendment to Reorganized Leslie Fay
                            Certificate of Incorporation;
                            Incorporation of Reorganized Leslie
                            Fay Operating Company, Reorganized
                            Leslie Fay Licensing Company and
                            New Castleberry........................   36
                     (g)  Incorporation of New Sassco..............   36
                     (h)  Allowed Amount of Claims.................   36
                     (i)  Satisfaction of Debtor in Possession
                            Financing..............................   37
              35.2   Waiver of Conditions Precedent................   37

         ARTICLE XXXVI
         PROVISIONS FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT
         AND MAINTENANCE OF DISBURSEMENT ACCOUNTS..................   37
              36.1   Establishment of Disbursement Account.........   37
              36.2   Maintenance of Disbursement Account(s)........   37

         ARTICLE XXXVII
         EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION....................................   37
              37.1   Reorganized Leslie Fay Authority..............   37
                     (a)  General Authority........................   37
                     (b)  Compromise and Settlement of Certain
                            Class of Controversies.................   37
              37.2   Title to Assets; Discharge of Liabilities.....   38
              37.3   Discharge of Debtors..........................   38
              37.4   Injunction....................................   38
              37.5   Term of Existing Injunctions or Stays.........   38
              37.6   Limited Release of Directors, Officers and
                       Employees...................................   38
              37.7   Exculpation...................................   38
              37.8   Preservation of Rights of Action..............   39
              37.9   Injunction....................................   39

         ARTICLE XXXVIII
         RETENTION OF JURISDICTION.................................   39
              38.1   Retention of Jurisdiction.....................   39
              38.2   Modification of Plan..........................   40

         ARTICLE XXXIX
         PROVISIONS FOR MANAGEMENT.................................   40
              39.1   Directors.....................................   40


                                       -ix-<PAGE>







                                                                     Page

              39.2   Officers......................................   41
              39.3   Employment Contracts..........................   41

         ARTICLE XL
         ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS OF THE DEBTORS......   41
              40.1   Amendment of Articles of Incorporation and
                       By-Laws.....................................   41

         ARTICLE XLI
         MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..................................   41
              41.1   Payment of Statutory Fees.....................   41
              41.2   Retiree Benefits..............................   41
              41.3   Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses.........   41
              41.4   Severability..................................   41
              41.5   Governing Law.................................   42
              41.6   Notices.......................................   42
              41.7   Closing of Cases..............................   42
              41.8   Section Headings..............................   43

         Exhibit A   Certain Terms of, and Restrictions on, New Sassco
                     Management Options

         Exhibit B   Principal Terms of Levine Employment Agreement

         Exhibit C   Reorganized Leslie Fay Employment Arrangements

         Exhibit D   Reorganized Leslie Fay Stock Options























                                       -x-<PAGE>







                   The Leslie Fay Companies, Inc., Hue, Inc., Spitalnick
         Corp., Leslie Fay Licensing Corp., Leslie Fay Retail Outlets,
         Inc., Leslie Fay Factory Outlet (Alabama), Inc., Leslie Fay
         Factory Outlet (California), Inc., Leslie Fay Factory Outlet
         (Iowa), Inc., Leslie Fay Factory Outlet (Tennessee), Inc. and
         The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of The Leslie Fay
         Companies, Inc. hereby propose the following plan of
         reorganization pursuant to sections 1121(a) and (c) and 1123 of
         the Bankruptcy Code.


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

                   As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have
         the respective meanings specified below and be equally
         applicable to the singular and plural of terms defined:

                   1.1  Administrative Expense Claim.  Any Claim
         constituting a cost or expense of administration of the Chapter
         11 Cases asserted under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code,
         including, without limitation, any actual and necessary costs
         and expenses of preserving the estates of the Debtors, any
         actual and necessary costs and expenses of operating the
         businesses of the Debtors in Possession, any indebtedness or
         obligations incurred or assumed by the Debtors in Possession in
         connection with the conduct of their businesses or for the
         acquisition or lease of property or the procurement or
         rendition of services, any costs and expenses of the Debtors in
         Possession for the management, maintenance, preservation, sale
         or other disposition of any assets, the administration and
         implementation of the Plan, the administration, prosecution or
         defense of Claims by or against the Debtors and for
         distributions under the Plan, any Claims for compensation and
         reimbursement of expenses arising during the period from and
         after the Petition Date and prior to the Effective Date or
         otherwise in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and
         any fees or charges assessed against the Debtors' estates under
         section 1930, chapter 123, Title 28, United States Code.

                   1.2  Affiliate.  Any Entity that is an "affiliate" of
         a Debtor within the meaning of section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy
         Code.

                   1.3  Allowed Administrative Expense Claim.  An
         Administrative Expense Claim, to the extent it is or has become
         an Allowed Claim.

                   1.4  Allowed Bank Claim.  A Bank Claim, to the extent
         it is or has become an Allowed Claim.

                   1.5  Allowed Claim.  Any Claim against a Debtor, (a)
         (i) proof of which was filed (x) in the case of the Retail
         Debtors, on or before December 12, 1995, the date designated by
         the Bankruptcy Court as the last date for filing proofs of
         claim against the Retail Debtors, (y) in the case of the other
         Debtors, on or before December 10, 1993, the date designated by
         the Bankruptcy Court as the last date for filing proofs of
         claim against such other Debtors or (z) in either case, such
         other date as has been authorized by an order of the Bankruptcy
         Court, or (ii) if no proof of Claim has been timely filed,
         which has been or hereafter is listed by a Debtor in its
         Schedules as liquidated in amount and not disputed or
         contingent and (iii) whether or not a proof of claim has been
         filed, a Claim as to which no objection to the allowance
         thereof has been interposed within the applicable period of
         limitation fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the
         Bankruptcy Rules or a Final Order, or as to which an objection
         has been interposed and such Claim has been allowed in whole or
         in part by a Final Order or (b) in the case of Bank Claims,
         Senior Note Claims and Senior Subordinated Note Claims, allowed
         pursuant to Sections 10.1, 11.1, and 12.1 hereof, respectively.
         For purposes of determining the amount of an "Allowed Claim",
         there shall be deducted therefrom an amount equal to the amount
         of any claim which a Debtor may hold against the holder
         thereof, to the extent such claim may be set off pursuant to
         section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

                   1.6  Allowed General Unsecured Claim.  A General
         Unsecured Claim, to the extent it is or has become an Allowed
         Claim.


                                        1<PAGE>








                   1.7  Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim.  A Priority Non-
         Tax Claim, to the extent it is or has become an Allowed Claim.

                   1.8  Allowed Priority Tax Claim. A Priority Tax
         Claim, to the extent it is or has become an Allowed Claim.

                   1.9  Allowed Secured Claim.  A Secured Claim, to the
         extent it is or has become an Allowed Claim.

                   1.10  Allowed Senior Note Claim.  A Senior Note
         Claim, to the extent it is or has become an Allowed Claim.

                   1.11  Allowed Senior Subordinated Note Claim.  A
         Senior Subordinated Note Claim, to the extent it is or has
         become an Allowed Claim.

                   1.12  Allowed Unsecured Claim.  An Unsecured Claim,
         to the extent it is or has become an Allowed Claim.

                   1.13  Amended Bylaws of Reorganized Leslie Fay.  The
         amended bylaws of Reorganized Leslie Fay, which amended bylaws
         shall be in substantially the form included in the Plan
         Supplement.

                   1.14  Amended Certificate of Incorporation of
         Reorganized Leslie Fay.  The Certificate of Incorporation of
         Reorganized Leslie Fay, as amended, which certificate of
         incorporation shall be in substantially the form included in
         the Plan Supplement.

                   1.15  Ballot.  The form distributed to holders of
         impaired Claims on which such holders indicate acceptance or
         rejection of the Plan and any election for treatment of such
         impaired Claim provided under the Plan.

                   1.16  Ballot Date.  The date set by the Bankruptcy
         Court by which all Ballots for acceptance or rejection of the
         Plan or elections for alternative treatment under the Plan must
         be received.

                   1.17  Bank Cash Amount.  The sum of:

                   (a)   The product of:

                         (i)  the Cash Available for Distribution times

                        (ii)  the Pro Rata Bank Fraction, plus

                   (b)  The product of:

                        a.    the Cash Available for Distribution times
                              the Pro Rata Senior Subordinated Fraction,
                              times

                        b.    the Senior Bank Fraction.

                   1.18  Bank Claim.  Any Claim against any Debtor
         arising under or governed by that certain Financing Agreement,
         dated as of January 15, 1992, by and among Leslie Fay, Chemical
         Bank, Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, Marine Midland Bank,
         National Westminster Bank USA, The Bank of New York and
         Chemical Bank, as Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise
         modified, including, without limitation, any Claim arising from
         or related to the Revolving Credit Notes.


                                        2<PAGE>







                   1.19  Bank Leslie Fay Stock Amount.  The number of
         shares of Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock equal to the sum
         of:

                   (a)   The product of Three Million Four Hundred
                         Thousand (3,400,000) times the Bank LFC
                         Fraction, plus

                   (b)   The product of:

                         (i)  the excess, if any, of (x) Three Million
                              Four Hundred Thousand (3,400,000) times
                              the Senior Subordinated LFC Fraction over
                              (y) Two Hundred Four Thousand (204,000),
                              times

                        (ii)  the Senior Bank Fraction.

                   1.20  Bank LFC Fraction.  The Fraction (a) the
         numerator of which shall be the aggregate amount of Allowed
         Bank Claims and (b) the denominator of which shall be the sum
         of the aggregate amount of Allowed Bank Claims, Allowed Senior
         Note Claims, Allowed Senior Subordinated Note Claims and
         Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

                   1.21  Bank Sassco Note Amount.  The aggregate
         principal amount of New Sassco Notes equal to the sum of:

                   (a)   The product of One Hundred Ten Million Dollars
                         ($110,000,000) times the Pro Rata Bank
                         Fraction, plus

                   (b)   The product of:

                         a.  the product of One Hundred Ten Million
                             Dollars ($110,000,000) times the Pro Rata
                             Senior Subordinated Fraction, times

                         b.  the Senior Bank Fraction.

                   1.22  Bank Sassco Stock Amount.  The number of shares of
         New Sassco Common Stock equal to the sum of:

                   (a)   The product of Six Million Eight Hundred
                         Thousand (6,800,000) times the Pro Rata Bank
                         Fraction, plus

                   (b)   The product of:

                         a.  the excess, if any, of (x) Six Million
                             Eight Hundred Thousand (6,800,000) times
                             the Pro Rata Senior Subordinated Fraction
                             over (y) Four Hundred Eight Thousand
                             (408,000), times

                         b.  the Senior Bank Fraction.

                   1.23  Bankruptcy Code.  The Bankruptcy Reform Act of
         1978, codified at Title 11 of the United States Code, as
         amended, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.

                   1.24  Bankruptcy Court.  The United States Bankruptcy
         Court for the Southern District of New York or such other court
         having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases.

                   1.25  Bankruptcy Rules.  The Federal Rules of
         Bankruptcy Procedure, as promulgated by the United States
         Supreme Court under section 2075 of Title 28 of the United
         States Code, and any Local Rules of the Bankruptcy Court, as
         amended.


                                        3<PAGE>







                   1.26  Business Day.  A day other than a Saturday, a
         Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in New York,
         New York are required or authorized to close.

                   1.27  Cash.  Lawful currency of the United States of
         America.

                   1.28  Cash Available for Distribution.  At any time
         of determination thereof, the excess, if any, of (a) all Cash
         and Cash Equivalents in the Disbursement Account(s) over (b)
         such amounts of Cash (i) reasonably determined by the
         Disbursing Agent, and consented to by the Creditors' Committee,
         as necessary to satisfy, in accordance with the terms and
         conditions of the Plan, Administrative Expense Claims, Priority
         Non-Tax Claims, Priority Tax Claims, Convenience Claims,
         Special Unsecured Claims and Secured Claims and (ii) necessary
         to make Pro Rata distributions to holders of Disputed Claims as
         if such Disputed Claims were, at such time, Allowed Claims.

                   1.29  Cash Equivalents.  Equivalents of Cash in the
         form of readily marketable securities or instruments issued by
         a person other than the Debtors or an Affiliate, including,
         without limitation, readily marketable direct obligations of,
         or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America,
         commercial paper of domestic corporations carrying a Moody's
         Rating of "A" or better, or equivalent rating of any other
         nationally recognized rating service, or interest-bearing
         certificates of deposit or other similar obligations of
         domestic banks or other financial institutions having a
         shareholders' equity or equivalent capital of not less than One
         Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000), having maturities of
         not more than one (1) year, at the then best generally
         available rates of interest for like amounts and like periods.

                   1.30  Castleberry Assets.  Substantially all of the
         assets of the Castleberry Division as of the Effective Date,
         all as identified in the Schedule of Leslie Fay and Castleberry
         Assets and Liabilities included in the Plan Supplement.

                   1.31  Castleberry Division.  The division of Leslie
         Fay engaged in the design and manufacture and sale of women's
         knitwear apparel and blouses marketed under "CASTLEBERRY" and
         related labels.

                   1.32  Castleberry Liabilities.  The current
         obligations and liabilities of the Debtors incurred from and
         after the Petition Date in the ordinary course of business of
         the Castleberry Division, all as identified in the Schedule of
         Leslie Fay and Castleberry Assets and Liabilities.

                   1.33  Chapter 11 Cases. The cases commenced under
         chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code by the Debtors on
         their respective Petition Dates.

                   1.34  Claim.  Any right to payment from any of the
         Debtors, whether or not such right is reduced to judgment,
         liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured,
         unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or
         unsecured, known or unknown; or any right to an equitable
         remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a
         right of payment from any of the Debtors, whether or not such
         right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed,
         contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured,
         or unsecured.

                   1.35  Class.  A category of holders of Claims or
         Equity Interests as set forth in Article VII of the Plan.

                   1.36  Class Action.  The litigation, styled In re:
         The Leslie Fay Companies, Inc. Securities Litigation, pending
         before the United States District Court for the Southern
         District of New York, Civil Action No. 92-CIV-8036 (WCC).

                   1.37  Collateral.  Any property or interest in
         property of the estate of any Debtor that is subject to an
         unavoidable Lien to secure the payment or performance of a
         Claim.

                   1.38  Confirmation Date.  The date upon which the
         Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order.


                                        4<PAGE>







                   1.39  Confirmation Order.  The order of the
         Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan in accordance with the
         provisions of chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

                   1.40  Consummation Cash Shortfall Amount.  An amount
         of Cash, estimated to be Six Million Four Hundred Forty-Five
         Thousand Dollars ($6,445,000), equal to the excess of (A) the
         sum of (i) the amount of Cash, if any, to be transferred by the
         Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay to New Sassco and its
         Subsidiaries on the Effective Date (including any Cash held on
         the Effective Date by any Subsidiary of Reorganized Leslie Fay
         the stock of which is transferred to New Sassco), (ii) the
         amount of Cash required by the Plan to be paid by the Debtors
         on or about the Effective Date to holders of Allowed Priority
         Claims, (iii) the amount of Cash required to pay Allowed
         Administrative Expense Claims that will become due and payable
         on or within 90 days after the Effective Date (subject to the
         second proviso in Section 6.1 hereof) and (iv) the amount of
         Cash required to pay certain other costs and expenses
         (including taxes) of the Debtors arising from the
         implementation of the Plan, as determined by the Debtors and
         the Creditors' Committee on or prior to the Effective Date,
         over (B) the amount of Cash remaining with the Debtors, net of
         outstanding checks, as of the Effective Date.

                   1.41  Convenience Claims.  Any General Unsecured
         Claim against any Debtor in an amount of Two Hundred Fifty
         Dollars ($250.00) or less; provided, however, that if the
         holder of a General Unsecured Claim shall make an election to
         reduce such Claim to Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) in
         accordance with Section 14.2 hereof, such Claim shall be
         treated as a Convenience Claim for all purposes.

                   1.42  Creditor.  Any person that has a Claim against
         any of the Debtors that arose or is deemed to have arisen on or
         before the Petition Date, including, without limitation, a
         Claim against the Debtors' estates of a kind specified in
         sections 502(g), 502(h) or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code.

                   1.43  Creditor Representative.  The Person designated
         by the Creditors' Committee to effectuate the transactions
         described in Section 3.2 hereof on behalf of the Creditors in
         Classes 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7.

                   1.44  Creditors' Committee.  The Official Committee
         of Unsecured Creditors appointed by the Bankruptcy Court and
         the United States Trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to
         section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code, as reconstituted from time
         to time.

                   1.45  Debtor.  Each of Leslie Fay, Hue, Spitalnick
         and Licensing, the debtors in Chapter 11 Cases Nos. 93 B 41724
         (TLB) through 93 B 41727 (TLB), and each Retail Debtor.

                   1.46  Debtor in Possession.  Each Debtor as a debtor
         in possession pursuant to sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the
         Bankruptcy Code.

                   1.47  Deferred Professionals.  As defined in Section
         6.1 hereof.

                   1.48  Derivative Action.  The litigation, styled
         Isadore Langer, derivatively on behalf of The Leslie Fay
         Companies, Inc. v. John J. Pomerantz, et al., pending before
         the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York,
         Case No. 104544193.

                   1.49  Derivative Action Board.  The three Persons or
         Entities appointed prior to the Effective Date by the
         Bankruptcy Court upon nomination by the Creditors' Committee
         (or any replacements thereafter selected by such Persons or
         Entities), who shall determine by a majority vote whether to
         prosecute, compromise and settle or discontinue the Derivative
         Action.

                   1.50  Disbursement Account(s).  The account(s) to be
         established by the Debtors on the Effective Date in accordance
         with Section 36.1 of the Plan, together with any interest
         earned thereon.


                                        5<PAGE>







                   1.51  Disbursing Agent.  Reorganized Leslie Fay, the
         Plan Administrator or such other Entity as may be designated by
         the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee, solely in its
         capacity as agent of the Debtors to effectuate the
         distributions contemplated under this Plan.

                   1.52  Disclosure Statement.  The disclosure statement
         related to the Plan and approved by the Bankruptcy Court in
         accordance with section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

                   1.53  Disputed Claim.  A Claim against any of the
         Debtors, to the extent the allowance of which is the subject of
         a timely objection or request for estimation in accordance with
         the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or a Final
         Order, or is otherwise disputed by a Debtor in accordance with
         applicable law, which objection, request for estimation or
         dispute has not been withdrawn or determined by a Final Order;
         provided, however, that for purposes of determining the
         aggregate amount of Disputed Claims against the Debtors'
         chapter 11 estates and the deduction for disputed claims in
         determining Cash Available for Distribution and New Securities
         Available for Distribution, "Disputed Claims" shall mean the
         lesser of (a) Disputed Claims as filed with, or allowed by, the
         Bankruptcy Court and (b) Disputed Claims as estimated by the
         Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy
         Code; and provided, further, that, in the event the Bankruptcy
         Court shall estimate a Disputed Claim for purposes of
         allowance, such estimation shall constitute and represent the
         maximum amount in which such Claim may ultimately become an
         Allowed Claim.

                   1.54  Dress and Sportswear Assets.  Substantially all
         of the assets of the Leslie Fay Dress Division and the Leslie
         Fay Sportswear Division as of the Effective Date, and
         substantially all of the assets of Leslie Fay in the design,
         production and sale of its Outlander line of products as of the
         Effective Date, all as identified in the Schedule of Leslie Fay
         and Castleberry Assets and Liabilities included in the Plan
         Supplement, but in any event excluding the Leslie Fay
         Intellectual Property.

                   1.55  Effective Date.  The first (1st) Business Day
         following the satisfaction of the conditions precedent
         specified in Section 35.1 of the Plan, unless otherwise waived
         as provided in Section 35.2 of the Plan.

                   1.56  Effective Date Anniversary.  An anniversary of
         the Effective Date.

                   1.57  Entity.  An individual, a corporation, a
         general partnership, a limited partnership, a limited liability
         company, a limited liability partnership, an association, a
         joint stock company, a joint venture, an estate, a trust, an
         unincorporated organization, a government or any subdivision
         thereof or any other entity.

                   1.58  Equity Committee.  The Official Committee of
         Equity Interest holders appointed by the Bankruptcy Court and
         the United States Trustee in the Chapter 11 Case of Leslie Fay
         pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code, as
         reconstituted from time to time.

                   1.59  Equity Interest.  Any equity interest in any of
         the Debtors represented by duly authorized, validly issued and
         outstanding shares of stock or any interest or right to convert
         into an interest or acquire any equity interest which was in
         existence immediately prior to the Petition Date, including,
         without limitation, any Leslie Fay Equity Interest.

                   1.60  Final Distribution Date.  The date on which a
         final distribution is made to holders of Allowed Claims
         pursuant to the Plan, which date shall occur after all Disputed
         Claims have been resolved by Final Order and all Plan Assets
         have been converted to Cash or abandoned, as the case may be,
         pursuant to a Final Order.

                   1.61  Final Order.  An order of the Bankruptcy Court
         as to which the time to appeal, petition for certiorari or move
         for reargument or rehearing has expired and as to which no
         appeal, petition for certiorari or other proceedings for rear-
         gument or rehearing shall then be pending; and if an appeal,
         writ of certiorari, re-argument or rehearing thereof has been
         sought, such order shall have been affirmed by the highest
         court to which such order was appealed, or certiorari shall
         have been denied or reargument or rehearing shall have been
         denied or resulted in no modification of such order, and the
         time to take any


                                        6<PAGE>







         further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for reargument
         or rehearing shall have expired; provided, however, that the
         possibility that a motion under Rule 59 or Rule 60 of the
         Federal Rules of Civil Procedure or any analogous rule under
         the Bankruptcy Rules, may be but has not then been filed with
         respect to such order, shall not cause such order not to be a
         Final Order.

                   1.62  General Unsecured Cash Amount.  The product of
         (a) Cash Available for Distribution times (b) the Pro Rata
         General Unsecured Fraction.

                   1.63  General Unsecured Claim.  An Unsecured Claim,
         other than an Intercompany Affiliate Claim, a Bank Claim, a
         Senior Note Claim, a Senior Subordinated Note Claim, a
         Statutorily Subordinated Claim or a Convenience Claim.

                   1.64  General Unsecured Leslie Fay Stock Amount.  The
         number of shares of Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock equal
         to the product of (a) Three Million Four Hundred Thousand
         (3,400,000) times the General Unsecured LFC Fraction.

                   1.65  General Unsecured LFC Fraction.  The fraction
         (a) the numerator of which shall be the aggregate amount of
         Allowed General Unsecured Claims and (b) the denominator of
         which shall be the sum of the aggregate amount of Allowed Bank
         Claims, Allowed Senior Note Claims, Allowed Senior Subordinated
         Note Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

                   1.66  General Unsecured Sassco Note Amount.  The
         aggregate principal amount of New Sassco Notes equal to the
         product of (a) One Hundred Ten Million Dollars ($110,000,000)
         times (b) the Pro Rata General Unsecured Fraction.

                   1.67  General Unsecured Sassco Stock Amount.  The
         number of shares of New Sassco Common Stock equal to the
         product of (a) Six Million Eight Hundred Thousand (6,800,000)
         times (b) the Pro Rata General Unsecured Fraction.

                   1.68  Guarantee.  The Guarantees, each dated as of
         January 15, 1992, executed by Spitalnick and Licensing in favor
         of Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, as agent, Manufacturers
         Hanover Trust Company, Chemical Bank, Bankers Trust Company and
         Marine Midland Bank, N.A., as amended.

                   1.69  Hue.  Hue, Inc., a New York corporation.

                   1.70  Hue Equity Interest.  A common Equity Interest
         in Hue.

                   1.71  Intercompany Affiliate.  Any of the Debtors and
         any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of Leslie Fay.

                   1.72  Intercompany Affiliate Claim.  Any Unsecured
         Claim held by any Intercompany Affiliate against any Debtor.

                   1.73  Leslie Fay.  The Leslie Fay Companies, Inc., a
         Delaware corporation.

                   1.74  Leslie Fay Assets.  Substantially all of the 
         assets of the Leslie Fay Dress Division, the Leslie Fay Sportswear
         Division and Hue as of the Effective Date, including, without
         limitation, the intellectual property associated therewith, and
         substantially all of the assets of Leslie Fay in the design,
         production and sale of its Outlander line of products as of the
         Effective Date, including, without limitation, the intellectual
         property associated therewith, all as identified in the
         Schedule of Leslie Fay and Castleberry Assets and Liabilities
         included in the Plan Supplement.

                   1.75  Leslie Fay Dress Division.  The Dress Division
         of Leslie Fay.


                                        7<PAGE>







                   1.76  Leslie Fay Equity Interest.  A common Equity
         Interest in Leslie Fay represented by (i) one of the 18,771,836
         issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Leslie Fay,
         (ii) any Stock Option or other right arising from or related to
         the 1986 Stock Option Plan and (iii) any Rights arising from or
         related to the Rights Agreement.

                   1.77  Leslie Fay Intellectual Property.  All trade-
         marks, trade names and other intellectual property associated
         with Hue, the Leslie Fay Dress Division, the Leslie Fay
         Sportswear Division and Outlander as of the Effective Date, all
         as identified in the Schedule of Leslie Fay and Castleberry
         Assets and Liabilities included in the Plan Supplement, which
         intellectual property shall be subject to the Reorganized
         Leslie Fay Licensing Agreement.

                   1.78  Leslie Fay Liabilities.  The current
         obligations of the Debtors incurred from and after the Petition
         Date in the ordinary course of business of the Leslie Fay Dress
         Division, the Leslie Fay Sportswear Division and Hue, and not
         in connection with Sassco's business operations, the Sassco
         Assets, Castleberry's business operations or the Castleberry
         Assets, all as identified in the Schedule of Leslie Fay and
         Castleberry Assets and Liabilities included in the Plan
         Supplement.

                   1.79  Leslie Fay Sportswear Division.  The Sportswear
         Division of Leslie Fay.

                   1.80  Levine.  Arthur S. Levine, an individual.

                   1.81  Levine Employment Agreement.  As defined in
         Section 4.3 hereof.

                   1.82  Licensing.  Leslie Fay Licensing Corp., a
         Delaware corporation.

                   1.83  Licensing Equity Interest.  A common Equity
         Interest in Licensing.

                   1.84  Lien.  Any charge against or interest in
         property to secure payment of a debt or performance of an
         obligation.

                   1.85  New Castleberry.  A corporation to be organized
         pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware as a wholly-owned
         Subsidiary of Reorganized Leslie Fay on or before the Effective
         Date, unless otherwise sold beforehand.

                   1.86  New Castleberry Bylaws.  The bylaws of New
         Castleberry, which bylaws shall be in substantially the form
         included in the Plan Supplement.

                   1.87  New Castleberry Certificate of Incorporation.  
         The certificate of incorporation of New Castleberry, which 
         certificate of incorporation shall be in substantially the 
         form set forth in the Plan Supplement.

                   1.88  New Castleberry Common Stock.  The shares of
         common stock of New Castleberry to be issued on the Effective
         Date, having a par value of $0.01 per share.

                   1.89  New Sassco.  A corporation to be organized by
         the Creditor Representative on or before the Effective Date
         pursuant to Section 4.5(a) hereof.

                   1.90  New Sassco Bylaws.  The bylaws of New Sassco,
         which bylaws shall be in substantially the form included in the
         Plan Supplement.

                   1.91  New Sassco Certificate of Incorporation.  The
         Certificate of Incorporation of New Sassco, which Certificate
         of Incorporation shall be in substantially the form included in
         the Plan Supplement.


                                        8<PAGE>







                   1.92  New Sassco Common Stock.  The shares of common
         stock of New Sassco, having a par value of $.01 per share, of
         which Six Million Eight Hundred Thousand (6,800,000) shares
         shall be issued on and as of the Effective Date pursuant to the
         terms of the Plan.

                   1.93  New Sassco Credit Agreement.  The Credit
         Agreement between New Sassco and the New Sassco Lender, which
         Credit Agreement shall (a) be in substantially the form
         included in the Plan Supplement and (b) contain a working
         capital facility in the amount of One Hundred Million Dollars
         ($100,000,000) (or such higher amount as may be agreed by
         Levine and the Creditors' Committee).

                   1.94  New Sassco EBIT.  The earnings before interest
         and taxes of New Sassco as determined in accordance with
         generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
         of America in effect from time to time.

                   1.95  New Sassco Indenture.  An indenture executed by
         New Sassco and the New Sassco Indenture Trustee, which
         indenture shall be in substantially the form included in the
         Plan Supplement.

                   1.96  New Sassco Indenture Trustee.  A financial
         institution reasonably acceptable to the Creditors' Committee
         and Levine.

                   1.97  New Sassco Intercompany Note.  Collectively,
         the unsecured promissory note issued by New Sassco on the
         Effective Date in favor of the Plan Administrator (solely as
         agent for the Deferred Professionals), and the unsecured
         promissory note issued by New Sassco on the Effective Date in
         favor of Reorganized Leslie Fay, each in the original principal
         amount of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000), bearing interest
         at the prevailing market rate, which interest and principal
         amounts shall be due and payable on April 30, 1997.  The New
         Sassco Intercompany Note shall be substantially in the form set
         forth in the Plan Supplement.

                   1.98  New Sassco Lender.  The First National Bank of 
         Boston and/or such other financial institution(s) as may be 
         reasonably acceptable to Levine and the Creditors' Committee.

                   1.99  New Sassco Management Options.  As defined in
         Section 4.1 hereof.

                  1.100  New Sassco Management Recipients.  As defined
         in Section 4.1 hereof.

                  1.101  New Sassco Notes.  The 12.75% Senior Notes of
         New Sassco in the original principal amount of One Hundred Ten
         Million Dollars ($110,000,000), maturing on or about the
         seventh anniversary of Effective Date, which Notes shall be in
         substantially the form included in the Plan Supplement.
         Interest shall be payable on such Notes semiannually in arrears
         in Cash; provided, however, that the first such interest
         payment shall be due and payable on September 30, 1997.

                  1.102  New Sassco Registration Rights Agreement.  A
         registration rights agreement governing the resale of New
         Sassco Common Stock by Creditors who may be "affiliates" of New
         Sassco, which registration rights agreement shall be in 
         substantially the form included in the Plan Supplement.

                  1.103  New Securities.  Reorganized Leslie Fay Common
         Stock, New Sassco Notes and New Sassco Common Stock.

                  1.104  New Securities Available for Distribution.  At
         the time of determination thereof, all Reorganized Leslie Fay
         Common Stock, New Sassco Notes and New Sassco Common Stock,
         less such amounts of Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock, New
         Sassco Notes and New Sassco Common Stock necessary to make
         distributions to holders of Disputed Claims as if such Disputed
         Claims were, at such time, Allowed Claims.


                                        9<PAGE>







                  1.105  1986 Stock Option Plan.  The 1986 Stock Option
         Plan, dated as of June 27, 1986, established by Leslie Fay for
         the benefit of key senior management employees.

                  1.106  Nipon Agreement.  The Agreement, dated January
         6, 1988, between Leslie Fay and Albert Nipon, Inc.

                  1.107  Nipon Trademarks.  All of the Debtors' rights
         and interests in and to the trademarks, tradenames and other
         intellectual property acquired pursuant to the Nipon Agreement.

                  1.108  Outlander.  The Outlander label, trademarks and
         tradenames utilized by Leslie Fay in connection with the
         distribution and sale of certain product lines.

                  1.109  Person.  An individual or Entity.

                  1.110  Petition Date.  April 5, 1993, the date on
         which Leslie Fay, Hue, Spitalnick and Licensing, and November
         15, 1995, the date on which the Retail Debtors, respectively,
         filed their respective voluntary petitions for relief
         commencing their Chapter 11 Cases.

                  1.111  Plan.  This Fourth Amended and Restated Joint
         Plan of Reorganization for Debtors Pursuant to Chapter 11 of
         the United States Bankruptcy Code Proposed by Debtors and
         Creditors' Committee, including, without limitation, the
         exhibits and schedules hereto and the Plan Supplement, either
         in its present form or as the same may be amended, modified or
         supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms and
         provisions hereof.

                  1.112  Plan Administration Agreement.  The agreement
         prescribing the powers, duties and rights of the Plan
         Administrator in administering the Plan, which agreement shall
         be in substantially the form included in the Plan Supplement.

                  1.113  Plan Administrator.  The Person to be
         designated by the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee and
         retained, as of the Effective Date, by Reorganized Leslie Fay,
         with the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, as the employee or
         fiduciary responsible for, among other things, the matters
         described in Section 32.2 hereof.

                  1.114  Plan Assets.  All Cash, Cash Equivalents and
         other tangible and intangible assets and properties of the
         Debtors in existence immediately prior to the Effective Date,
         including, without limitation all causes of action of the
         Debtors against third parties, whether or not subject to
         pending litigation, and all proceeds thereof, but excluding the
         Sassco Assets, Castleberry Assets and Leslie Fay Assets.

                  1.115  Plan Supplement.  A separate volume, to be
         filed with the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court, containing, among
         other things, forms of the Amended Bylaws of Reorganized Leslie
         Fay, Amended Certificate of Incorporation of Reorganized Leslie
         Fay, Reorganized Leslie Fay Credit Agreement, Reorganized
         Leslie Fay Operating Company Certificate of Incorporation,
         Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company Bylaws, Reorganized
         Leslie Fay Licensing Company Certificate of Incorporation,
         Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company Bylaws, New
         Castleberry Certificate of Incorporation, New Castleberry
         Bylaws, New Sassco Certificate of Incorporation, New Sassco
         Bylaws, New Sassco Credit Agreement, New Sassco Notes, New
         Sassco Indenture, New Sassco Intercompany Note, Schedule of
         Leslie Fay and Castleberry Assets and Liabilities, Schedule of
         Sassco Assets and liabilities, Plan Administration Agreement,
         Reorganized Leslie Fay licensing Agreement, New Sassco
         Registration Rights Agreement, Reorganized Leslie Fay
         Registration Rights Agreement, the Levine Registration Rights
         Agreement and the definitive documentation for the New Sassco
         Management Options and Reorganized Leslie Fay Management
         Options, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtors
         and the Creditors' Committee.  The Plan Supplement (containing
         drafts or final versions of the foregoing documents) shall be
         filed with the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court as early as
         practicable (but in no event later than one (1) Business Day)
         prior to the commencement of the hearing to consider
         confirmation of the Plan, or on such other date as the
         Bankruptcy Court may establish.


                                        10<PAGE>







                  1.116  Pomerantz.  John J. Pomerantz, an individual.

                  1.117  Priority Non-Tax Claim.  Any Claim against any
         of the Debtors, other than an Administrative Expense Claim or a
         Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in payment under
         section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, but only to the extent
         entitled to such priority.

                  1.118  Priority Tax Claim.  Any Claim against any of
         the Debtors entitled to priority in payment under section
         507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

                  1.119  Proponents.  Collectively, Leslie Fay, Hue,
         Spitalnick, Licensing, the Retail Debtors and the Creditors'
         Committee.

                  1.120  Pro Rata Bank Fraction.  The fraction (a) the
         numerator of which shall be the aggregate amount of Allowed
         Bank Claims and (b) the denominator of which shall be the sum
         of the aggregate amount of Allowed Bank Claims, Allowed Senior
         Note Claims, Allowed Senior Subordinated Note Claims and
         Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

                  1.121  Pro Rata General Unsecured Fraction.  The
         fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be the aggregate
         amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and (b) the
         denominator of which shall be the sum of the aggregate amount
         of Allowed Bank Claims, Allowed Senior Note Claims, Allowed
         Senior Subordinated Note Claims and Allowed General Unsecured
         Claims.

                  1.122  Pro Rata Senior Note Fraction.  The fraction
         (a) the numerator of which shall be the aggregate amount of
         Allowed Senior Note Claims and (b) the denominator of which
         shall be the sum of the aggregate amount of Allowed Bank
         Claims, Allowed Senior Note Claims, Allowed Senior Subordinated
         Note Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

                  1.123  Pro Rata Senior Subordinated Fraction.  The
         fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be the aggregate
         amount of Allowed Senior Subordinated Note Claims and (b) the
         denominator of which shall be the sum of the aggregate amount
         of Allowed Bank Claims, Allowed Senior Note Claims, Allowed
         Senior Subordinated Note Claims and Allowed General Unsecured
         Claims.

                  1.124  Pro Rata Share.  With respect to Allowed Claims
         and Allowed Equity Interests within the same class, the
         proportion that an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest bears 
         to all Allowed Claims or Equity Interests, as the case may be,
         within such class.

                  1.125  Reorganized Leslie Fay.  The surviving
         corporation of the merger described in Section 3.1 hereof.

                  1.126  Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock.  The
         common stock of Reorganized Leslie Fay, having a par value of
         $.01 per share, of which Three Million Four Hundred Thousand
         (3,400,000) shares shall be issued on and as of the Effective
         Date pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

                  1.127  Reorganized Leslie Fay Credit Agreement.  The
         Credit Agreement between Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating
         Company and the Reorganized Leslie Fay Lender, substantially in
         the form included in the Plan Supplement, pursuant to which the
         Reorganized Leslie Fay Lender shall have agreed to provide
         working capital financing to Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating
         Company on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Debtors and
         the Creditors' Committee.

                  1.128  Reorganized Leslie Fay Earnings Adjustment.  An
         amount which may be positive or negative equal to (i) the 1997 net
         operating profit or net operating loss of the Leslie Fay Dress
         Division, the Leslie Fay Sportswear Division and Licensing
         through the Effective Date minus (ii) One Million Seven Hundred
         Thousand Dollars ($1,700,000).


                                        11<PAGE>







                  1.129  Reorganized Leslie Fay EBITDA.  The earnings
         before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of
         Reorganized Leslie Fay determined in accordance with generally
         accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
         in effect from time to time.

                  1.130  Reorganized Leslie Fay Lender.  One or more
         financial institutions acceptable to the Debtors and the
         Creditors' Committee.

                  1.131  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Agreement.  An
         agreement between Reorganized Leslie Fay and Reorganized Leslie
         Fay  Operating Company substantially in the form to be included
         in the Plan Supplement, pursuant to which, and on the terms and
         subject to the conditions set forth therein, Reorganized Leslie
         Fay shall grant to Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company a
         perpetual royalty-free license to the Leslie Fay Intellectual
         Property.

                  1.132  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company.  A
         corporation to be organized pursuant to the laws of the State
         of Delaware as a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Reorganized Leslie
         Fay on or prior to the Effective Date.

                  1.133  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company By-
         Laws.  The bylaws of Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company,
         which bylaws shall be in substantially the form included in the
         Plan Supplement.

                  1.134  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company
         Certificate of Incorporation.  The certificate of incorporation
         of Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company, which certificate
         of incorporation shall be in substantially the form included in
         the Plan Supplement.

                  1.135  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company Common
         Stock.  The shares of common stock of reorganized Leslie Fay
         Licensing Company to be issued on the Effective Date, having a
         par value of $0.01 per share.

                  1.136  Reorganized Leslie Fay Net Asset Amount.  An
         amount equal to the excess of total assets (including, without
         limitation, the outstanding principal amounts of the New Sassco
         Intercompany Note payable to Reorganized Leslie Fay) over total
         liabilities of Reorganized Leslie Fay as recorded on
         Reorganized Leslie Fay's books as of the Effective Date, before
         any application of "fresh start" or "purchase accounting"
         adjustments.

                  1.137  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company.  A
         corporation to be organized pursuant to the laws of the State
         of Delaware as a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Reorganized Leslie
         Fay on or prior to the Effective Date.

                  1.138  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company
         Bylaws.  The bylaws of Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating
         Company, which bylaws shall be in substantially the form
         included in the Plan Supplement.

                  1.139  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company
         Certificate of Incorporation.  The certificate of incorporation
         of Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company, which certificate
         of incorporation shall be in substantially the form included in
         the Plan Supplement.

                  1.140  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company Common
         Stock.  The shares of common stock of Reorganized Leslie Fay
         Operating Company to be issued on the Effective Date, having a
         par value of $0.01 per share.

                  1.141  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company
         Liabilities.  All Leslie Fay liabilities consisting of obliga-
         tions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Leslie
         Fay Dresswear Division and the Leslie Fay Sportswear Division,
         as set forth in the Schedule of Leslie Fay and Castleberry
         Assets and Liabilities.

                  1.142 Reorganized Leslie Fay Registration Rights
         Agreement.  A registration rights agreement governing the
         resale of Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock by Creditors who
         may be "affiliates" of Reorganized Leslie Fay, which
         registration rights agreement shall be in substantially the
         form included in the Plan Supplement.


                                        12<PAGE>








                  1.143  Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior Managers.  As
         defined in Section 5.1 hereof.

                  1.144  Reorganized Leslie Fay Stock Options.  As
         defined in Section 5.2 hereof.

                  1.145  Reorganized Leslie Fay Target EBITDA.  As
         defined in Exhibit F hereof.

                  1.146  Retail (Alabama).  Leslie Fay Factory Outlet
         (Alabama), Inc., an Alabama corporation.

                  1.147  Retail (Alabama) Equity Interest.  A common
         Equity Interest in Retail (Alabama).

                  1.148  Retail (California).  Leslie Fay Factory Outlet
         (California), Inc., a California corporation.

                  1.149  Retail (California) Equity Interest.  A common
         Equity Interest in Retail (California).

                  1.150  Retail Debtor.  Each of Retail Outlets, Retail
         (Alabama), Retail (California), Retail (Iowa) and Retail
         (Tennessee), the debtors in Chapter 11 Cases Nos. 95 B 45357
         (TLB) through 95 B 45361 (TLB).

                  1.151  Retail (Iowa).  Leslie Fay Factory Outlet
         (Iowa), an Iowa corporation.

                  1.152  Retail (Iowa) Equity Interest.  A common Equity
         Interest in Retail (Iowa).

                  1.153  Retail Outlets.  Leslie Fay Retail Outlets,
         Inc., a Delaware corporation.

                  1.154  Retail Outlets Equity Interest.  A common
         Equity Interest in Retail Outlets.

                  1.155  Retail (Tennessee).  Leslie Fay Factory Outlet
         (Tennessee), Inc., a Tennessee corporation.

                  1.156  Retail (Tennessee) Equity Interest.  A common
         Equity Interest in Retail (Tennessee).

                  1.157  Retiree.  Any person who retired from
         employment with the Debtors prior to the Petition Date and was
         and continues to be eligible for medical, death or insurance
         benefits provided in the Retiree Benefit Plans as required by
         section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code.

                  1.158  Retiree Administrative Claim.  The Claim of a
         Retiree under the Retiree Benefit Plans, to the extent such
         Claim is entitled to treatment as an Administrative Expense
         Claim.

                  1.159  Retiree Benefit Plans.  Any plan or policy of
         the Debtors in full force and effect as of the Petition Date
         under which medical, death or insurance benefits are provided
         to Retirees, as any such plan or policy may have been modified
         during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases.

                  1.160  Revolving Credit Notes.  The Revolving Credit
         Notes issued by Leslie Fay pursuant to that certain Financing
         Agreement, dated as of January 15, 1992, by and among Leslie
         Fay, Chemical Bank, Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, Marine
         Midland Bank, N.A., National Westminster Bank USA, The Bank of
         New York and Chemical Bank, as Agent, as amended.

                  1.161  Rights.  The rights to purchase Leslie Fay
         Equity Interests granted pursuant to the Rights Agreement.

                  1.162  Rights Agreement.  The Rights Agreement, dated
         as of April 5, 1993, between Leslie Fay, as issuer, and
         Chemical Bank, as rights agent, pursuant to which Rights to
         purchase one share of Leslie Fay common stock for each out-
         standing share of Leslie Fay common stock, subject to
         adjustment, were issued.


                                        13<PAGE>







                  1.163  Sassco.  The Sassco Fashions, Ltd.  Division of
         Leslie Fay.

                  1.164  Sassco Assets.  The assets of the Debtors used
         or owned in connection with the Sassco business and the Nipon
         Trademarks, as identified in the Schedule of Sassco Assets and
         Liabilities, including the Working Capital Adjustment Amount.

                  1.165  Sassco Liabilities.  The current obligations
         and liabilities of the Debtors incurred after the Petition Date
         in connection with the Sassco business and the Nipon
         Trademarks, all as identified in the Schedule of Sassco Assets
         and Liabilities, including without limitation the following:
         (i) "accounts payable", "accrued expenses" and "other
         liabilities" as reflected on Sassco's divisional balance sheet as
         of the Effective Date and (ii) outstanding pro-rated
         liabilities attributable to Sassco as of the Effective Date,
         including without limitation payroll, health insurance
         payments, workers' compensation payments, 401(k) contributions,
         audit fees, vacation pay and certain state taxes.

                  1.166  Schedule of Leslie Fay and Castleberry Assets
         and Liabilities.  The schedule included in the Plan Supplement
         identifying, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Debtors and
         the Creditors' Committee, the Leslie Fay Assets, Leslie Fay
         Liabilities, Castleberry Assets and Castleberry Liabilities,
         which schedule shall be updated as of the Effective Date to the
         reasonable satisfaction of the Debtors and the Creditors'
         Committee.

                  1.167  Schedule of Sassco Assets and Liabilities.  The
         schedule included in the Plan Supplement identifying, to the
         reasonable satisfaction of the Debtors and the Creditors'
         Committee, the Sassco Assets and Sassco Liabilities, which
         schedule shall be updated as of the Effective Date to the
         reasonable satisfaction of the Debtors and the Creditors'
         Committee.

                  1.168  Schedules.  The respective schedules of assets
         and liabilities and the statements official affairs filed by
         the Debtors under section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and the
         Official Bankruptcy Forms of the Bankruptcy Rules as such
         schedules and statements have been or may be supplemented or
         amended.

                  1.169  Secured Claim.  A Claim against a Debtor that
         is secured by a Lien on Collateral or that is subject to setoff
         under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the
         value of the Collateral or to the extent of the amount subject
         to setoff, as applicable, as determined in accordance with
         section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

                  1.170  Securities Act.  The Securities Act of 1933, as
         amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  1.171  Senior Bank Fraction.  The fraction (a) the
         numerator of which shall be the aggregate amount of Allowed Bank 
         Claims and (b) the denominator of which shall be the sum of the 
         aggregate amount of Allowed Bank Claims and Allowed Senior 
         Note Claims.

                  1.172  Senior Note Cash Amount.  The sum of:

                  (a)    The product of:

                         (i) the Cash Available for Distribution times

                        (ii) the Pro Rata Senior Note Fraction, plus

                  (b) The product of:

                         (i) the Cash Available for Distribution times
                             the Pro Rata Senior Subordinated Fraction,
                             times

                        (ii) the Senior Note Fraction.


                                        14<PAGE>







                 1.173  Senior Note Claim.  Any Claim based upon or
         evidenced by a Senior Note.

                 1.174  Senior Note Documents.  Those certain Note
         Agreements, each dated January 4, 1990, between Leslie
         Fay and The Prudential Insurance Company of America and Leslie
         Fay and The Northwestern Mutual life Insurance Company pursuant
         to which the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes
         were issued.

                 1.175  Senior Note Fraction.  The fraction (a) the
         numerator of which shall be the aggregate amount of Allowed
         Senior Note Claims and (b) the denominator of which shall be
         the sum of the aggregate amount of Allowed Bank Claims and
         Allowed Senior Note Claims.

                 1.176  Senior Note Leslie Fay Stock Amount.  The number
         of shares of Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock equal to the
         sum of:

                 (a)    The product of Three Million Four Hundred
                        Thousand (3,400,000) times the Senior Note LFC
                        Fraction, plus

                 (b)    The product of:

                        a. the excess, if any, of (x) Three Million Four
                           Hundred Thousand (3,400,000) times the Senior
                           Subordinated LFC Fraction over (y) Two
                           Hundred Four Thousand (204,000), times

                        b. The Senior Note Fraction.

                 1.177  Senior Note LFC Fraction.  The fraction (a) the
         numerator of which shall be the aggregate amount of Allowed
         Senior Note Claims and (b) the denominator of which shall be
         the sum of the aggregate amount of Allowed Bank Claims, Allowed
         Senior Note Claims, Allowed Senior Subordinated Note Claims and
         Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

                 1.178  Senior Note Sassco Note Amount.  The aggregate
         principal amount of New Sassco Notes equal to the sum of:

                 (a)    The product of One Hundred Ten Million Dollars
                        ($110,000,000) times the Pro Rata Senior Note
                        Fraction, plus

                 (b)    The product of:

                        a. the product of One Hundred Ten Million
                           Dollars ($110,000,000) times the Pro Rata
                           Senior Subordinated Fraction, times

                        b. the Senior Note Fraction.

                 1.179  Senior Note Sassco Stock Amount.  The number of
         shares of New Sassco Common Stock equal to the sum of:

                 (a)    The product of Six Million Eight Hundred
                        Thousand (6,800,000) times the Pro Rata Senior
                        Note Fraction, plus

                 (b)    The product of:

                        a. the excess, if any, of (x) Six Million Eight
                           Hundred Thousand (6,800,000) times the Pro
                           Rata Senior Subordinated Fraction over (y)
                           Four Hundred Eight Thousand (408,000), times


                                        15<PAGE>







                        b. the Senior Note Fraction.

                 1.180  Senior Notes.  The 9.53% promissory notes
         executed and delivered by Leslie Fay pursuant to the Senior
         Note Documents in the aggregate original principal amount of
         Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00).

                 1.181  Senior Subordinated LFC Fraction.  The fraction
         (a) the numerator of which shall be the aggregate amount of
         Allowed Senior Subordinated Note Claims and (b) the denominator
         of which shall be the sum of the aggregate amount of Allowed
         Bank Claims, Allowed Senior Note Claims, Allowed Senior
         Subordinated Note Claims and Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

                 1.182  Senior Subordinated Note Claim.  Any Claim based
         upon or evidenced by a Senior Subordinated Note.

                 1.183  Senior Subordinated Notes.  The 10.54% Senior
         Subordinated Notes executed and delivered by Leslie Fay
         pursuant to the Senior Note Documents in the aggregate original
         principal amount of Twenty-Five Million Dollars
         ($25,000,000.00).

                 1.184  Special Sassco Assets.  Sassco Assets identified
         by the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee on or prior to the
         Effective Date having a fair market value on the Effective Date
         equal to the sum of the Consummation Cash Shortfall Amount plus
         Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000).

                 1.185  Spitalnick.  Spitalnick Corp., a New York
         corporation.

                 1.186  Spitalnick Equity Interest.  A common Equity
         Interest in Spitalnick.

                 1.187  Statutorily Subordinated Claims.  Any Claim that
         is subject to subordination under section 510(b) of the
         Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, the Claims, if
         any, of present and former officers and directors of the Debt-
         ors for reimbursement, indemnity or contribution in connection
         with the Class Action and the Derivative Action.

                 1.188  Statutory Lien Claim.  Any Secured Claim secured
         by a Lien attaching by operation of law in favor of a seller,
         artisan, materialman, mechanic, warehouseman, carrier or other
         similar Person.

                 1.189  Stock Option.  An option to purchase Leslie Fay
         Equity Interests and stock appreciation rights granted pursuant
         to the 1986 Stock Option Plan.

                 1.190  Subsidiary.  With reference to any Entity, any
         corporation, partnership or other business entity of which more
         than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding capital
         stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the
         board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether
         at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such
         corporation has or might have voting power upon the occurrence
         of any contingency) or, as to any partnership or other legal
         entity, ordinary equity capital interests, is at the applicable
         date directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Entity,
         by such Entity and one or more of its other Subsidiaries, or by
         one or more other Subsidiaries of such Entity.

                 1.191  Subsidiary Guaranty Claims.  Any Claim against
         any Debtor arising under or governed by a Guarantee.

                 1.192  Taxes.  As defined in Section 4.1 hereof.

                 1.193  Unsecured Claim.  Any Claim against a Debtor,
         other than an Administrative Expense Claim, a Retiree
         Administrative Claim, a Priority Non-Tax Claim, a Priority Tax
         Claim or a Secured Claim.


                                        16<PAGE>







                 1.194  Working Capital Adjustment Amount.  An amount,
         which may be positive or negative, equal to (a) the Reorganized
         Leslie Fay Net Asset Amount minus (b) the sum of (i) Forty Nine
         Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($49,300,000) and (ii)
         the Reorganized Leslie Fay Earnings Adjustment.

                 1.195  Other Definitions.  Unless the context otherwise
         requires, any capitalized term used and not defined herein or
         elsewhere in the Plan but that is defined in the Bankruptcy
         Code shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the
         Bankruptcy Code.  Unless otherwise specified, all section,
         schedule or exhibit references in the Plan are to the
         respective section in, article of, or schedule or exhibit to,
         the Plan, as the same may be amended, waived, or modified from
         time to time.  The words "herein," "hereof," "hereto,"
         "hereunder," and other words of similar import refer to the
         Plan as a whole and not to any particular section, subsection,
         or clause contained in the Plan.

                                    ARTICLE II

                      COMPROMISE AND SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES;
                      SUBSTANTIVE CONSOLIDATION OF DEBTORS;
                     ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATION UNDER THE PLAN


                   2.1  Compromise and Settlement.  The Plan
         incorporates the compromise and settlement of certain issues
         which were disputed by the Proponents and which were resolved
         in the negotiations of the provisions of the Plan.  These
         issues related primarily to whether the estates of each of the
         Debtors should be treated separately for purposes of making
         distributions to Creditors and whether all of the Debtors'
         assets should be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the
         Plan.  The provisions of the Plan relating to substantive
         consolidation of the Debtors, the cancellation of Intercompany
         Affiliate Claims, the treatment of each Class of Claims under
         the Plan, the satisfaction and cancellation of contractual
         subordination rights in favor of certain Creditors and the
         election of alternative treatment under the Plan reflect this
         compromise and settlement, which, upon the Effective Date,
         shall be binding upon the Debtors, all Creditors and all
         Persons receiving any payments or other distributions under the
         Plan.

                   2.2  Substantive Consolidation.  On the Effective
         Date, the Chapter 11 Cases shall be substantively consolidated
         pursuant to order of the Bankruptcy Court entered after notice
         and a hearing.  For purposes of the Plan, the assets and
         liabilities of the Debtors shall be pooled and all Claims shall
         be satisfied from the assets of the single consolidated estate.
         Any Claims against one or more of the Debtors based upon a
         guaranty, indemnity, co-signature, surety or otherwise, of
         Claims against another Debtor, including, without limitation,
         the Subsidiary Guaranty Claims and the Guarantees related
         thereto, shall be treated as a single Claim against the
         consolidated estate of all of the Debtors and shall be entitled
         to distribution under the Plan only with respect to such single
         Claims.

                   2.3 Cancellation of Intercompany Claims.  On the
         Effective Date, all Intercompany Affiliate Claims shall be
         extinguished, except to the extent that an Intercompany
         Affiliate Claim held by Leslie Fay against an Affiliate exceeds
         the amount, if any, of an Intercompany Affiliate Claim held by
         such Affiliate against Leslie Fay.

                                   ARTICLE III

                       SEPARATION OF SASSCO AND LESLIE FAY


                   3.1  Merger and Consolidation.  On the Effective
         Date, the estates of Hue, Spitalnick, Licensing, Retail
         Outlets, Retail (Alabama), Retail (California), Retail (Iowa)
         and Retail (Tennessee) shall be merged with and into Leslie
         Fay.

              3.2  Effective Date Transactions.  On the Effective Date
         the following transactions shall be consummated pursuant to
         documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtors
         and the Creditors' Committee:


                                        17<PAGE>







                   (a)  Reorganized Leslie Fay will sell, without
              recourse, the Special Sassco Assets to New Sassco (or a
              Subsidiary thereof) for (i) an amount of Cash equal to the
              sum of the Consummation Cash Shortfall Amount plus Four
              Million Dollars ($4,000,000) and (ii) the issuance by New
              Sassco to the Plan Administrator (solely as agent for the
              Deferred Professionals) and Reorganized Leslie Fay of the
              two New Sassco Intercompany Notes, each in the principal
              amount of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000);

                   (b)  Reorganized Leslie Fay shall sell and transfer,
              without recourse, to the Creditor Representative on behalf
              of the Creditors holding Claims in Classes 3, 4, 5 and 6,
              an undivided eighty percent (80%) interest in the Sassco
              Assets other than the Special Sassco Assets (subject to
              80% of the outstanding Sassco Liabilities), in exchange
              for the cancellation of Claims in such Classes in an
              amount equal to the fair market value of such Sassco
              Assets (subject to such Sassco liabilities);

                   (c)  Reorganized Leslie Fay shall sell and transfer,
              without recourse, to New Sassco, an undivided twenty
              percent (20%) interest in the Sassco Assets other than the
              Special Sassco Assets (subject to 20% of the outstanding
              Sassco Liabilities);

                   (d)  the Creditor Representative, on behalf of the
              Creditors holding Claims in Classes 3, 4, 5 and 6, shall
              contribute, without recourse, to New Sassco the undivided
              eighty percent (80%) interest in the Sassco Assets
              received by the Creditor Representative pursuant to
              Section 3.2(b) hereof (subject to 80% of the outstanding
              Sassco Liabilities);

                   (e)  New Sassco shall (i) assume all of the Sassco
              Liabilities and (ii) issue to the Creditor Representative
              (x) on behalf of the Creditors holding Claims in Classes
              3, 4, 5 and 6, (aa) Five Million Four Hundred Forty
              Thousand (5,440,000) shares of New Sassco Common Stock and
              (bb) Eighty-Eight Million Dollars ($88,000,000) in
              aggregate principal amount of New Sassco Notes and (y) on
              behalf of the Creditors holding Claims in Classes 3, 4, 5
              and 6 at the direction of Reorganized Leslie Fay (aa) One
              Million Three Hundred Sixty Thousand (1,360,000) shares of
              New Sassco Common Stock and (bb) Twenty-Two Million Dol-
              lars ($22,000,000) in aggregate principal amount of New
              Sassco Notes;

                   (f)  the Creditor Representative shall remit, without
              recourse, to the Disbursing Agent, all of the New Sassco
              Notes and shares of the New Sassco Common Stock received
              pursuant to Section 3.2(e) hereof, for distribution to the
              Creditors holding Claims in Classes 3, 4, 5 and 6 pursuant
              to Article XXX hereof;

                   (g)  Reorganized Leslie Fay shall (i) issue to the
              Disbursing Agent Three Million Four Hundred Thousand
              (3,400,000) shares of Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock,
              for distribution to Creditors holding Claims in Classes 3,
              4, 5 and 6 pursuant to Article XXX hereof, (ii) execute
              and deliver the Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Agreement
              and (iii) transfer to (x) Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating
              Company Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) in Cash, all of
              its right, title and interest in and to the New Sassco
              Intercompany Note issued to it and all of the Dress and
              Sportswear Assets, (y) Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing
              Company all of the Leslie Fay Intellectual Property
              (subject to the rights of Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating
              Company pursuant to the Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing
              Agreement) and (z) New Castleberry all of the Castleberry
              Assets (subject to the Castleberry Liabilities);

                   (h)  New Castleberry shall (i) issue to Reorganized
              Leslie Fay all of the New Castleberry Common Stock and
              (ii) assume all of the Castleberry Liabilities;

                   (i)  Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company shall
              (i) assume all of the Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating
              Company Liabilities, (ii) issue to Reorganized Leslie Fay
              all of the issued and outstanding shares of Reorganized
              Leslie Fay Operating Company Common Stock and (iii)
              execute and deliver the Reorganized Leslie Fay licensing
              Agreement; and


                                        18<PAGE>








                   (j)  Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company shall
              issue to Reorganized Leslie Fay all of the issued and
              outstanding shares of Reorganized Leslie Fay licensing
              Company Common Stock.

                   3.3  Post-Effective Date Adjustment.  Within forty-
         five (45) days after the Effective Date, Reorganized Leslie Fay
         and New Sassco shall determine the Working Capital Adjustment
         Amount, which amount shall be paid, within three (3) Business
         Days after such determination, by (i) Reorganized Leslie Fay to
         New Sassco, if the Working Capital Adjustment Amount is
         positive or (ii) New Sassco to Reorganized Leslie Fay if the
         Working Capital Adjustment Amount is negative.  In the event
         Reorganized Leslie Fay and New Sassco are unable to agree upon
         the Working Capital Adjustment Amount, CIBC Wood Gundy (or such
         other mutually agreeable disinterested third party) shall
         resolve the dispute, and such decision shall be final and
         binding on both parties.

                                    ARTICLE IV

                                NEW SASSCO MATTERS


                   4.1  New Sassco Management Options.  New Sassco will
         issue to Levine and the other members of New Sassco's senior
         management ("New Sassco Management Recipients") nonqualified
         options (the "New Sassco Management Options") to purchase up to
         22.5% of the New Sassco Common Stock on a fully diluted basis.
         The New Sassco Management Options will have the terms and 
         restrictions set forth on Exhibit A hereto, and such other terms
         and restrictions as may be mutually satisfactory to the
         Creditors' Committee (or, after the Effective Date, the New
         Sassco Board of Directors) and Levine.  The definitive
         documentation for the New Sassco Management Options will be in
         substantially the form set forth in the Plan Supplement, with
         such modifications, if any, as to which the Creditors'
         Committee (or, after the Effective Date, the New Sassco Board
         of Directors) and Levine may agree.

                   4.2  Levine Employment.  On or prior to the Effective
         Date, Levine will enter into an employment agreement with New
         Sassco having the principal terms described in Exhibit B
         hereto, and otherwise being in form and substance reasonably
         satisfactory to Levine and the Creditors' Committee (the
         "Levine Employment Agreement"), with such modifications, if
         any, as to which Levine and the Creditors' Committee (or, after
         the Effective Date, the New Sassco Board of Directors) may
         agree.

                   4.3  New Sassco Credit Agreement.  On the Effective
         Date, New Sassco shall execute and deliver the New Sassco
         Credit Agreement.

                   4.4  New Sassco Registration Rights Agreement.  On
         the Effective Date, New Sassco shall execute and deliver the
         New Sassco Registration Rights Agreement.

                   4.5  Certain Corporate Governance Matters.  As of the
         Effective Date:

                   (a)  Organization.  New Sassco will be organized in a
         jurisdiction within the United States mutually acceptable to
         the Creditors' Committee and Levine (or, if the same is
         acceptable to the Creditors' Committee, in a jurisdiction
         outside of the United States).

                   (b)  Board of Directors.  The board of directors of
         New Sassco will initially have seven members, five of whom will
         be designees of the Creditors' Committee (in the case of the
         initial members of the board of directors) or holders of New
         Sassco Common Stock (in the case of subsequent members) and two
         of whom, during Levine's term of employment, will be Levine and
         a designee of Levine.  During Levine's term of employment, (i)
         Levine will have the right to designate one observer to the
         board of directors and (ii) if the size of the board of
         directors is increased after the Effective Date, Levine will be
         entitled to designate at least 28% of the members of the board
         of directors.  During the term of his employment, Levine will
         be Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of New Sassco.


                                        19<PAGE>







                   (c)  Certain Transactions.  The New Sassco
         Certificate of Incorporation, New Sassco Bylaws and/or Levine
         Employment Agreement will specify extraordinary transactions as
         to which (unless otherwise agreed by New Sassco and Levine)
         Levine's approval will be required, so long as he is employed
         by New Sassco, including without limitation a sale or merger of
         New Sassco, or a material amendment to the New Sassco
         Certificate of Incorporation or New Sassco Bylaws.

                   4.6  Miscellaneous.  On the Effective Date:

                   (a)  Levine's affiliate's Claims will be allowed by
              an order of the Bankruptcy Court (which may be the Confir-
              mation Order) in full in the aggregate amount of One
              Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,450,000)
              as General Unsecured Claims;

                   (b)  the Debtors' claims against Levine arising prior
              to the Effective Date will be released in full.

                   (c)  Levine and his Affiliates will be reimbursed in
              the aggregate amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars
              ($200,000) for their out-of-pocket expenses in connection
              with the transactions contemplated herein and their prior
              efforts to purchase Sassco.

                   (d)  New Sassco will enter into a customary
              registration rights agreement (the "New Sassco Management
              Registration Rights Agreement") with Levine and other New
              Sassco Management Recipients in form and substance satis-
              factory to the Creditors' Committee, pursuant to which the
              New Sassco Management Recipients will be granted "piggy-
              back" registration rights with respect to New Sassco
              Common Stock issuable upon exercise of New Sassco
              Management Options.  Such registration rights agreement
              will contain customary language to the effect that if the
              managing underwriter in an offering initiated by New
              Sassco or a Person holding "demand" registration rights,
              and with respect to which Levine exercises such
              "piggyback" rights, believes that the amount of securities
              to be included in the offering exceeds the amount which
              can be sold within an acceptable price range, then the
              offering will include that amount of securities which may
              be sold within such range, in the following priority:
              first, all securities proposed to be sold by New Sassco
              for its own account, or by the Person exercising "demand"
              rights; and second, securities covered by Levine's
              "piggyback" rights (pro rata with securities to be sold by
              other holders, if any, of "piggyback" rights).

                   (e)  New Sassco will enter into customary employment
              contracts with other key New Sassco managers, at
              compensation levels commensurate with the compensation
              presently paid to such personnel, and with such other
              provisions to be satisfactory to Levine and the Creditors'
              Committee.

                   (f)  All claims against Leonard Feinberg relating to
              his previous employment with the Debtors will be released.

                   4.7  Additional Stock Options.  After the Effective
         Date, the New Sassco board of directors will have the authority
         to establish a program pursuant to which New Sassco will grant
         one or more members of management of New Sassco, options to
         purchase 2% of the New Sassco Common Stock, all on terms and
         conditions established by the New Sassco board of directors in
         its discretion.

                                    ARTICLE V

                          REORGANIZED LESLIE FAY MATTERS


                   5.1  Employment Contracts.  On or before the
         Effective Date, Reorganized Leslie Fay will enter into
         employment contracts with certain senior managers (the
         "Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior Managers") having the principal
         terms set forth in Exhibit C hereto, and such other terms as to
         which the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee (or, after the
         Effective Date, the Reorganized Leslie Fay board of directors)
         may agree.


                                        20<PAGE>







                   5.2  Reorganized Leslie Fay Stock Options.  On the
         Effective Date, Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior Managers will
         receive options to purchase Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock
         ("Reorganized Leslie Fay Stock Options") having the principal
         terms set forth in Exhibit D hereto, and such other terms as to
         which the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee (or, after the
         Effective Date, the Reorganized Leslie Fay board of directors)
         may agree, such Reorganized Leslie Fay Stock Options to be
         shared among the Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior Managers as they
         may agree.  The definitive documentation for the Reorganized
         Leslie Fay Stock Options will be set forth in the Plan
         Supplement, with such modifications, if any, as to which the
         Creditors' Committee (or, after the Effective Date, the
         Reorganized Leslie Ray Board of Directors) and the Reorganized
         Leslie Fay Senior Managers may agree.

                   5.3  Additional Pomerantz Arrangements.

                   (a)  Pomerantz will be the Chairman and Chief
         Executive Officer of Reorganized Leslie Fay.

                   (b)  Reorganized Leslie Fay will continue Pomerantz's
         existing health insurance coverage for life, so long as the
         annual cost thereof to Reorganized Leslie Fay is less than or
         equal to $20,000.

                   (c)  Pomerantz will release his Claims, if any, for
         unpaid amounts under his current contract.

                   5.4  Board of Directors.  The initial board of
         directors will have seven members, five of whom will be
         designees of the Creditors' Committee and two of whom will be
         Pomerantz and a designee of Pomerantz.

                   5.5  Reorganized Leslie Fay Credit Agreement.  On the
         Effective Date, Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company shall
         execute and deliver the Reorganized Leslie Fay Credit
         Agreement.

                   5.6  Reorganized Leslie Fay Registration Rights
         Agreement.  On the Effective Date, Reorganized Leslie Fay shall
         execute and deliver the Reorganized Leslie Fay Registration
         Rights Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE VI

                     PROVISIONS FOR PAYMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE
                      EXPENSE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS


                   6.1  Administrative Expense Claims.  On the later to
         occur of (a) the Effective Date and (b) the date on which such
         a Claim shall become an Allowed Claim, the Debtors shall (i)
         pay to each holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim,
         in Cash, the full amount of such Allowed Administrative Expense
         Claim, or (ii) satisfy and discharge such Claim in accordance
         with such other terms as may be agreed upon by and between the
         holder thereof and the Debtors; provided, however, that Allowed
         Administrative Expense Claims representing liabilities or
         obligations incurred or assumed by the Debtors in Possession in
         the ordinary course of business or liabilities arising under
         loans made or advances extended to the Debtors in Possession,
         whether or not incurred in the ordinary course of business,
         shall be assumed and paid by New Sassco, Reorganized Leslie
         Fay, Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company or New
         Castleberry, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and
         conditions of the particular transaction and any agreements
         relating thereto; provided, further, that with respect to
         Administrative Expense Claims (collectively, "Professional
         Claims") held by professionals (the "Deferred Professionals")
         retained by the Debtors, the Creditors' Committee and the
         Equity Committee, (i) the Debtors shall pay in Cash to the
         Deferred Professionals (pro rata based upon the respective
         Allowed Professional Claims held by them) only the aggregate
         amount of (a) unpaid Allowed Professional Claims as of the
         later of the Effective Date or the date upon which such
         Professional Claims become Allowed Administrative Expense Claim
         minus (b) Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000), (ii) the unpaid
         balance (the "Unpaid Balance") of the Professional Claims shall
         be deferred by the Deferred Professionals and payable (pro rata
         based upon the respective Allowed Professional Claims held by
         them) by the Plan Administrator from proceeds received on or in
         respect of the New Sassco Intercompany Note issued to it and
         (iii) none of the Debtors, Reorganized Leslie Fay, Reorganized
         Leslie Fay


                                        21<PAGE>







         Operating Company, Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company 
         or New Castleberry shall have any liability whatsoever
         on account of the Unpaid Balance, including without limitation
         any liability based upon the failure by New Sassco to make
         payment in full in respect of the New Sassco Intercompany Note
         issued to the Plan Administrator.

                   6.2  Compensation and Reimbursement Claims.  All
         Persons or Entities that are awarded compensation or
         reimbursement of expenses by the Bankruptcy Court in accordance
         with section 330 or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code or entitled to
         the priorities established pursuant to section 503(b)(2),
         503(b)(3), 503(b)(4) or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall
         be paid in full, in Cash, the amounts allowed by the Bankruptcy
         Court (a) on or as soon as reasonably practicable following the
         later to occur of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date upon
         which the Bankruptcy Court order allowing such Claim becomes a
         Final Order or (b) upon such other terms as may be mutually
         agreed upon between such holder of an Allowed Administrative
         Expense Claim and the Debtors.

              6.3  Payment of Priority Tax Claims.  Each holder of an
         Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be paid the full amount of
         such Allowed Priority Tax Claim.  At the sole option and
         discretion of Reorganized Leslie Fay, which option shall be
         exercised on or prior to the Effective Date, such payment shall
         be made (a) in full, in Cash, on the Effective Date, (b) in ac-
         cordance with section 1129(a)(9)(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, in
         full, in Cash, in up to twenty-four (24) equal quarterly in-
         stallments, commencing on the first (1st) Business Day
         following the date of assessment of such Allowed Priority Tax
         Claim, together with interest accrued thereon at a rate to be
         determined by the Bankruptcy Court, or (c) by mutual agreement
         of the holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim and
         Reorganized Leslie Fay.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                  CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS


                   Claims and Equity Interests are classified as
         follows:

                   7.1  Class 1 - Priority Non-Tax Claims

                   7.2  Class 2 - Secured Claims

                   7.3  Class 3 - Bank Claims

                   7.4  Class 4 - Senior Note Claims

                   7.5  Class 5 - Senior Subordinated Note Claims

                   7.6  Class 6 - General Unsecured Claims

                   7.7  Class 7 - Convenience Claims
                                        
                   7.8  Class 8 - Statutorily Subordinated Claims

                   7.9  Class 9 - Leslie Fay Equity Interests

                   7.10  Class 10 - Hue Equity Interests

                   7.11  Class II - Spitalnick Equity Interests

                   7.12  Class 12 - Licensing Equity Interests


                                        
                                        22<PAGE>







                   7.13  Class 13 - Retail Outlets Equity Interests

                   7.14  Class 14 - Retail (Alabama) Equity Interests

                   7.15  Class 15 - Retail (California) Equity Interests

                   7.16  Class 16 - Retail (Iowa) Equity Interests

                   7.17  Class 17 - Retail (Tennessee) Equity Interests


                                   ARTICLE VIII

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                        PRIORITY NON-TAX CLAIMS (CLASS 1)


                   8.1  Payment of Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claims.  On
         the Effective Date, Reorganized Leslie Fay shall pay to each
         holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim, in Cash, the full
         amount of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim, unless the
         holder of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim and Reorganized
         Leslie Fay agree to a different treatment thereof.  Any
         Priority Non-Tax Claim not Allowed as of the Effective Date
         shall be paid in full, in Cash, as soon as practicable after
         the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court order allowing such
         Claim becomes a Final Order.

                                    ARTICLE IX

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                             SECURED CLAIMS (CLASS 2)


                   9.1  Payment of Secured Claims.  On the Effective
         Date, each holder of an Allowed Secured Claim shall receive one
         of the following distributions: (a) the payment of such
         holder's Allowed Secured Claim in full, in Cash; (b) the sale
         or disposition proceeds of the property securing any Allowed
         Secured Claim to the extent of the value of their respective
         interests in such property; (c) the surrender to the holder or
         holders of any Allowed Secured Claim of the property securing
         such Claim; or (d) such other distributions as shall be
         necessary to satisfy the requirements of chapter 11 of the
         Bankruptcy Code.  The manner and treatment of each Allowed
         Secured Claim shall be determined by the Debtors, in their
         discretion, on or before the Confirmation Date, and upon notice
         to each Secured Creditor.

                                    ARTICLE X

                           PROVISIONS FOR ALLOWANCE AND
                        TREATMENT OF BANK CLAIMS (CLASS 3)


                   10.1  Allowance of Bank Claims.  As of the Effective
         Date, the Bank Claims are hereby allowed in the aggregate
         amount of One Hundred Seventy-Eight Million Three Thousand
         Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($178,003,850).


                                        23<PAGE>







                   10.2  Payment of Allowed Bank Claims.  Commencing on
         the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Bank Claim shall
         be entitled to receive distributions as follows:

                   (a)  The aggregate principal amount of New Sassco
                        Notes equal to such holder's Pro Rata Share of
                        the Bank Sassco Note Amount.

                   (b)  The aggregate number of shares of New Sassco
                        Common Stock equal to such holder's Pro Rata
                        Share of the Bank Sassco Stock Amount.

                   (c)  The aggregate number of shares of Reorganized
                        Leslie Fay Common Stock equal to such holder's
                        Pro Rata Share of the Bank Leslie Fay Stock
                        Amount.

                   (d)  Such holder's Pro Rata Share of the Bank Cash
                        Amount.

                                    ARTICLE XI

                           PROVISIONS FOR ALLOWANCE AND
                    TREATMENT OF SENIOR NOTE CLAIMS (CLASS 4)


                   11.1  Allowance of Senior Note Claims.  As of the
         Effective Date, the Senior Note Claims are hereby allowed in
         the aggregate amount of Fifty Million Fifty Two Thousand Nine
         Hundred Forty Three Dollars ($50,052,943).

                   11.2  Payment of Allowed Senior Note Claims.
         Commencing on the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed
         Senior Note Claim shall be entitled to receive:

                   (a)  The aggregate principal amount of New Sassco
                        Notes equal to such holder's Pro Rata Share of
                        the Senior Note Sassco Note Amount.

                   (b)  The aggregate number of shares of New Sassco
                        Common Stock equal to such holder's Pro Rata
                        Share of the Senior Note Sassco Stock Amount.

                   (c)  The aggregate number of shares of Reorganized
                        Leslie Fay Common Stock equal to such holder's
                        Pro Rata Share of the Senior Note Leslie Fay
                        Stock Amount.

                   (d)  Such holder's Pro Rata Share of the Senior Note
                        Cash Amount.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                    PROVISIONS FOR ALLOWANCE AND TREATMENT OF
                    SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE CLAIMS (CLASS 5)


                   12.1 Allowance of Senior Subordinated Note Claims.
         As of the Effective Date, the Senior Subordinated Note Claims
         are hereby allowed in the aggregate amount of Twenty-Five
         Million Twenty Nine Thousand Two Hundred Seventy Eight Dollars
         ($25,029,278).

                   12.2 Payment of Senior Subordinated Note Claims.
         Commencing on the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed
         Senior Subordinated Note Claim shall be entitled to receive
         such holder's Pro Rata Share of:


                                        24<PAGE>







                   (a)  Four Hundred Eight Thousand (408,000) shares of
                        New Sassco Common Stock and

                   (b)  Two Hundred Four Thousand (204,000) shares of
                        Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock.


                                   ARTICLE XIII

                             [Intentionally Omitted.]

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                        PROVISION FOR TREATMENT OF GENERAL
                            UNSECURED CLAIMS (CLASS 6)


                   Each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim
         shall be entitled to receive distributions in accordance with
         Section 14.1 or 14.2 hereof.

                   14.1 Payment of Allowed General Unsecured Claims.
         Commencing on the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed
         General Unsecured Claim shall be entitled to receive:

                   (a)  The aggregate principal amount of New Sassco
                        Notes equal to such holder's Pro Rata Share of
                        the General Unsecured Sassco Note Amount.

                   (b)  The aggregate number of shares of New Sassco
                        Common Stock equal to such holder's Pro Rata
                        Share of the General Unsecured Sassco Stock
                        Amount.

                   (c)  The aggregate number of shares of Reorganized
                        Leslie Fay Common Stock equal to such holder's
                        Pro Rata Share of the General Unsecured Leslie
                        Fay Stock Amount.

                   (d)  Such holder's Pro Rata Shares of the General
                        Unsecured Cash Amount.

                   14.2 Allowed Claims of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars or
         More.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14.1 of the
         Plan, any holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim whose
         Allowed General Unsecured Claim is more than Two Hundred Fifty
         Dollars ($250.00), and who elects to reduce the amount of such
         Allowed Claim to Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00), shall, at
         such holder's option, be entitled to receive, based on such
         Allowed Claim as so reduced, distributions pursuant to Article
         XV hereof, in full settlement, satisfaction, release and
         discharge of such Allowed Claim.  Such election must be made on
         the Ballot and be received by the Debtors on or prior to the
         Ballot Date.  Any election made after the Ballot Date shall not
         be binding upon the Debtors unless the Ballot Date is expressly
         waived, in writing, by the Debtors.

                                    ARTICLE XV

                             PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT
                         OF CONVENIENCE CLAIMS (CLASS 7)


                   15.1 On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed
         Convenience Claim shall be entitled to receive Cash equal to
         the amount of such Allowed Convenience Claim.


                                        25<PAGE>







                                   ARTICLE XVI

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                    STATUTORILY SUBORDINATED CLAIMS (CLASS 8)


                   16.1  On the Effective Date, all Statutorily
         Subordinated Claims will be deemed expunged and extinguished.

                                   ARTICLE XVII

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                      LESLIE FAY EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 9)


                   17.1  On the Effective Date, all Allowed Leslie Fay
         Equity Interests shall be deemed extinguished and the
         certificates representing such Equity Interests, including,
         without limitation, Stock Options and Rights, shall be
         cancelled and of no force and effect.

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                         HUE EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 10)


                   18.1  On the Effective Date, in accordance with
         Section 2.2 of the Plan, Hue Equity Interests shall be deemed
         extinguished, and the certificates representing such Equity
         Interests shall be cancelled and of no force and effect.

                                   ARTICLE XIX

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                      SPITALNICK EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 11)


                   19.1 On the Effective Date, in accordance with
         Section 2.2 of the Plan, Spitalnick Equity Interests shall be
         deemed extinguished, and the certificates representing such
         Equity Interests shall be cancelled and of no force and effect.

                                    ARTICLE XX

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                      LICENSING EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 12)


                   20.1 On the Effective Date, in accordance with
         Section 2.2 of the Plan, Licensing Equity Interests shall be
         deemed extinguished, and the certificates representing such
         Equity Interests shall be cancelled and of no force and effect.


                                        26<PAGE>







                                   ARTICLE XXI

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                    RETAIL OUTLETS EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 13)


                   21.1  On the Effective Date, in accordance with
         Section 2.2 of the Plan, Retail Outlets Equity Interests shall
         be deemed extinguished, and the certificates representing such
         Equity Interests shall be cancelled and of no force and effect.

                                   ARTICLE XXII

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                   RETAIL (ALABAMA) EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 14)


                   22.1  On the Effective Date, in accordance with
         Section 2.2 of the Plan, Retail (Alabama) Equity Interests
         shall be deemed extinguished, and the certificates representing
         such Equity Interests shall be cancelled and of no force and
         effect.

                                  ARTICLE XXIII

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                 RETAIL (CALIFORNIA) EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 15)


                   23.1  On the Effective Date, in accordance with
         Section 2.2 of the Plan, Retail (California) Equity Interests
         shall be deemed extinguished, and the certificates representing
         such Equity Interests shall be cancelled and of no force and
         effect.

                                   ARTICLE XXIV

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                    RETAIL (IOWA) EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 16)


                   24.1  On the Effective Date, in accordance with
         Section 2.2 of the Plan, Retail (Iowa) Equity Interests shall
         be deemed extinguished, and the certificates representing such
         Equity Interests shall be cancelled and of no force and effect.

                                   ARTICLE XXV

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                  RETAIL (TENNESSEE) EQUITY INTERESTS (CLASS 17)


                   25.1  On the Effective Date, in accordance with
         Section 2.2 of the Plan, Retail (Tennessee) Equity Interests
         shall be deemed extinguished, and the certificates representing
         such Equity Interests shall be cancelled and of no force and
         effect.


                                        27<PAGE>







                                   ARTICLE XXVI

                           PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF
                          DISPUTED CLAIMS UNDER THE PLAN

                   26.1  Objections to Claims; Prosecution of Disputed
         Claims.  The Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay shall object to
         the allowance of Claims filed with the Bankruptcy Court with
         respect to which it disputes liability in whole or in part.
         All objections shall be litigated to Final Order; provided,
         however, that Reorganized Leslie Fay (within such parameters as
         may be established by the Board of Directors of Reorganized
         Leslie Fay) shall have the authority to file, settle,
         compromise or withdraw any objections to Claims, without
         approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  Unless otherwise ordered by
         the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay
         shall file and serve all objections to Claims as soon as
         practicable, but in no event later than the Effective Date or
         such later date as may be approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

                   26.2  Estimation of Claims.  The Debtors or
         Reorganized Leslie Fay may at any time request that the
         Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent or Disputed Claim
         pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code regardless of
         whether the Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay previously have
         objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has
         ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court will
         retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time during
         litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including,
         without limitation, during the pendency of any appeal relating
         to any such objection.  In the event that the Bankruptcy Court
         estimates any contingent or Disputed Claim, the amount so
         estimated shall constitute either the allowed amount of such
         Claim or a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by
         the Bankruptcy Court.  If the estimated amount constitutes a
         maximum limitation on the amount of such Claim, the Debtors or
         Reorganization Leslie Fay may pursue supplementary proceedings
         to object to the allowance of such Claim.  All of the
         aforementioned objection, estimation and resolution procedures
         are intended to be cumulative and not necessarily exclusive of
         one another.  Claims may be estimated and subsequently
         compromised, settled, withdrawn or resolved by any mechanism
         approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

                   26.3  Payments and Distributions on Disputed Claims.
         (a) From and after the Effective Date, the Disbursing Agent
         shall remit to the Plan Administrator, and the Plan
         Administrator shall reserve and hold in trust for the benefit
         of each holder of a Disputed Claim, Cash, and New Securities in
         an amount equal to the Pro Rata distributions which the holder
         of such Disputed Claim would have received if it were an
         Allowed Claim based upon the lesser of the amount (i) of the
         Disputed Claim and (ii) estimated by the Bankruptcy Court
         pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code for purposes of
         allowance, which amount shall constitute and represent the
         maximum amount of such Claim if it ultimately becomes an
         Allowed Claim.  Any Cash or New Securities reserved and held
         for the benefit of a holder of a Disputed Claim shall be
         treated as a payment and reduction on account of such Disputed
         Claim for purposes of computing (a) any additional amounts to
         be paid in Cash or distributed in New Securities in the event
         the Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, or (b)
         any interest payable in accordance with the Plan with respect
         to such Disputed Claim at the time or times such Cash or
         interests are reserved.  Cash reserved for the benefit of
         holders of Disputed Claims shall be either (x) held by the Plan
         Administrator in trust for the benefit of such holders in an
         interest-bearing account or (y) invested in interest-bearing
         obligations issued by the United States Government, or by an
         agency of the United States Government and guaranteed by the
         United States Government, and having (in either case) a
         maturity of not more than thirty (30) days, pending
         determination of their entitlement thereto under the terms of
         the Plan.

                   (b)  At such time as a Disputed Claim becomes, in
         whole or in part, an Allowed Claim, the Plan Administrator
         shall remit to the Disbursing Agent for distribution to such
         holder the payments and distributions to which such holder is
         then entitled under the Plan, together with any interest which
         has accrued on the amount of Cash so reserved, but only to the
         extent that such interest is attributable to the amount of the
         Allowed Claim.  Such payments shall be made as soon as
         practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the
         Bankruptcy Court allowing such Claim becomes a Final Order but
         in no event more than thirty (30) days thereafter.  To the
         extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed
         Claim in an amount less than the Disputed Claim, the Plan
         Administrator shall remit to the Disbursing Agent the balance
         of any Cash and New Securities


                                        28<PAGE>







         previously reserved for and on account of a Disputed Claim, for
         inclusion in Cash Available for Distribution and New Securities
         Available for Distribution, respectively.

                   (c)  For purposes of determining the accrual of
         interest or rights in respect of any other payment from and
         after the Effective Date, the New Securities to be issued shall
         be deemed issued as of the Effective Date regardless of the
         date on which they are actually dated, authenticated or
         received by the holders of Allowed Claims; provided, however,
         that the Plan Administrator shall withhold any payment until
         such distribution actually is made.

                                  ARTICLE XXVII

                    PROSECUTION OF CLAIMS HELD BY THE DEBTORS


                   27.1  Prosecution of Claims.  From and after the
         Confirmation Date, Reorganized Leslie Fay shall, as a
         representative of the estates of the Debtors, litigate any
         avoidance or recovery actions under sections 544, 545, 547,
         548, 549, 550, 551 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code and any other
         causes of action, rights to payments of claims that belong to
         the Debtors or Debtors in Possession, that may be pending on
         the Confirmation Date or instituted by Debtors thereafter, to a
         Final Order, and Reorganized Leslie Fay may compromise and
         settle such  claims, without approval of the Bankruptcy Court
         (but with approval of, or within parameters established by, the
         Board of Directors of Reorganized Leslie Fay); provided,
         however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan
         Administrator, as representative of all holders of Allowed
         Claims in Classes 3 through 6 (inclusive), shall, if directed
         by the Derivative Action Board, prosecute the Derivative
         Action, and the Plan Administrator may discontinue or
         compromise and settle the Derivative Action, with any necessary
         approval of the court in which such action is pending, and with
         approval of, or within parameters established by, the
         Derivative Action Board.  The net proceeds of any such
         litigation or settlement (after satisfaction of all costs and
         expenses incurred in connection therewith) shall be remitted to
         the Disbursing Agent for inclusion in Cash Available for
         Distribution.

                   27.2  Net Payment by Defendants.  Notwithstanding
         anything to the contrary herein, in the event that a defendant
         in a litigation of the kind described in Section 27.1 hereof is
         required by a Final Order to make payment (a "Disgorgement
         Payment") to Reorganized Leslie Fay, and such Disgorgement
         Payment (if so made) would give rise to a Claim, (a) such
         defendant will be required to pay (a "Net Payment") in Cash
         (and will have no Claim in respect thereof) only the excess, if
         any, of (i) the amount of such Disgorgement Payment over (ii)
         the fair market value of the distributions ("Initial
         Distributions") on such Claim pursuant to this Plan that would 
         have been received by such defendant if such defendant had made 
         such Disgorgement Payment (which fair market value shall be 
         determined as of the date of such Net Payment by agreement between 
         Reorganized Leslie Fay and such defendant, or by Final Order) 
         and (b) if any distributions ("Subsequent Distributions") are made
         hereunder after such defendant makes such Net Payment, such
         defendant shall receive such defendant's Pro Rata Share of such
         Subsequent Distributions (or, at Reorganized Leslie Fay's
         election, the fair market value thereof determined as of the
         date of such Subsequent Distributions by agreement between
         Reorganized Leslie Fay and such defendant, or by Final Order),
         which Pro Rata Share shall be calculated as if such defendant
         had made such Disgorgement Payment and received Initial
         Distributions in respect thereof.

                                  ARTICLE XXVIII

                         ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF PLAN;
               EFFECT OF REJECTION BY ONE OR MORE CLASSES OF CLAIMS


                   28.1  Impaired Classes to Vote.  Each impaired Class
         of Creditors with Claims against the Debtors' estates shall be
         entitled to vote separately to accept or reject the Plan.


                                   29<PAGE>







                   28.2  Acceptance by Class of Creditors.  A Class of
         Creditors shall have accepted the Plan if the Plan is accepted
         by at least two-thirds (2/3) in amount and more than one-half
         (1/2) in number of the Allowed Claims of such Class that have
         accepted or rejected the Plan.

                   28.3  Cramdown.  In the event that any impaired Class
         of Claims against the Debtors' chapter 11 estates shall fail to
         accept the Plan in accordance with section 1129(a) of the
         Bankruptcy Code, the Proponents reserve the right to request
         that the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan in accordance with
         section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or amend the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE XXIX

                           IDENTIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND
                    EQUITY INTERESTS NOT IMPAIRED BY THE PLAN


                   29.1  Unimpaired Classes.  All Claims and Equity
         Interests other than Claims and Equity Interests in Classes 1,
         2 and 7 of the Plan, are impaired under the Plan.

                   29.2  Impaired Classes to Vote on Plan.  The Claims
         and Equity Interests included in Classes 3, 4, 5 and 6 of the
         Plan are impaired and are therefore entitled to vote to accept
         or reject the Plan.  In accordance with section 1126(g) of the
         Bankruptcy Code, Classes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and
         17 are deemed to have rejected the Plan.

                   29.3  Controversy Concerning Impairment.  In the
         event of a controversy as to whether any Class of Claims
         or Equity Interests is impaired under the Plan, the Bankruptcy
         Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such
         controversy.

                                   ARTICLE XXX

                      PROVISIONS FOR TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS


                   30.1  Time and Manner of Payments.  Payments under
         the Plan shall be made to each holder of an Allowed Unsecured
         Claim as follows:

                   (a)  Initial Payments.  On or as soon as practicable
         after the Effective Date, the Disbursing Agent shall
         distribute, or cause to be distributed, to the Plan
         Administrator on behalf of holders of Disputed Claims, and to
         each holder of (i) an Allowed Bank Claim, (ii) an Allowed
         Senior Note Claim, (iii) an Allowed Senior Subordinated Note
         Claim and (iv) an Allowed General Unsecured Claim, such
         Creditor's share, if any, of Cash Available for Distribution
         and New Securities Available for Distribution as determined
         pursuant to Articles X, XI, XII and XIV hereof, respectively.

                   (b)  Quarterly Payments.  On the first (1st) Business
         Day that is after the close of one full calendar quarter
         following the date of the initial Effective Date distributions,
         and, thereafter, on each first (1st) Business Day following the
         close of calendar quarters, the Disbursing Agent shall
         distribute, or cause to be distributed, to the Plan
         Administrator on behalf of holders of Disputed Claims, and to
         each holder of (i) an Allowed Bank Claim, (ii) an Allowed
         Senior Note Claim, (iii) an Allowed Senior Subordinated Note
         Claim and (iv) an Allowed General Unsecured Claim, an amount
         equal to such Creditor's share, if any, of Cash Available for
         Distribution and New Securities Available for Distribution as
         determined pursuant to Articles X, XI, XII, XIII and XIV
         hereof, until such time as there are no longer any potential
         Cash or Interests Available for Distribution.  Notwithstanding
         the foregoing, at the direction of the Plan Administrator, the
         Disbursing Agent shall retain each distribution to a Creditor
         under this Section 30.1(b) consisting of Fifty Dollars ($50) or
         less in aggregate principal amount of New Sassco Notes or Five
         (5) shares or less of New Sassco Common Stock or Reorganized
         Leslie Fay Common Stock; provided, however, that on the Final
         Distribution Date, the Disbursing Agent shall distribute, or
         cause to be distributed, to such


                                        30<PAGE>







         Creditor, (i) the New Sassco Notes, if any, so retained, plus
         interest received thereon, if the aggregate principal amount
         thereof is greater than Fifty Dollars ($50), (ii) Cash in an
         amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all New
         Sassco Notes so retained, plus interest received thereon, if
         such aggregate principal amount is Fifty Dollars ($50) or less,
         (iii) the New Sassco Common Stock or Reorganized Leslie Fay
         Common Stock, if any, so retained, if the number of shares of
         New Sassco Common Stock or Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock,
         as applicable, is greater than Five (5) and (iv) Cash in
         aggregate amount equal to the fair market value of the New
         Sassco Common Stock or Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock, if
         any so retained, if the number of shares of New Sassco Common
         Stock or Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock, as applicable, so
         retained is Five (5) or less.

                   30.2  Timeliness of Payments.  Any payments or
         distributions to be made by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan
         shall be deemed to be timely made if made within twenty (20)
         days after the dates specified in the Plan.

                   30.3  Distributions by Disbursing Agent.  All
         distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing
         Agent at the direction of the Plan Administrator.  The
         Disbursing Agent shall not be required to post any bond or
         surety or other security for the performance of its duties.
         The Disbursing Agent shall be deemed to hold all property to be
         distributed hereunder, in trust for the benefit of the Persons
         entitled to receive the same.  The Disbursing Agent shall not
         hold an economic or beneficial interest in such property.

                   30.4  Calculation of Distribution Amounts of
         Securities.  No fractional shares of Reorganized Leslie Fay
         Common Stock, or New Sassco Common Stock shall be issued.
         Fractional shares of Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock and
         New Sassco Common Stock shall be rounded to the next greater or
         next lower number of shares in accordance with the following
         method: (a) fractions of one-half (1/2) or greater shall be
         rounded to the next higher whole number, and (b) fractions of
         less than one-half (1/2) shall be rounded to the next lower
         whole number.  For purposes of this Section 30.4, all
         references to holders of Allowed Claims herein shall refer to
         the beneficial owners of such Allowed Claims, and all
         calculations relating to the rounding provisions of this
         Section 30.4 shall be made based upon such beneficial
         ownership.  The total number of shares or interests of
         Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock and New Sassco Common Stock
         to be distributed to a Class of Claims shall be adjusted as
         necessary to account for the rounding provided for in this
         Section 30.4.

                   30.5  Delivery of Distributions.  Subject to the
         provisions of Rule 9010 of the Bankruptcy Rules, distributions
         and deliveries to holders of Allowed Claims shall be made at
         the address of each such holder as set forth on the Schedules
         filed with the Bankruptcy Court unless superseded by the
         address set forth on proofs of claim filed by such holders, or
         at the last known address of such a holder if no proof of claim
         is filed or if the Debtors have been notified in writing of a
         change of address.

                   30.6  Undeliverable Distributions.

                   (a)  Holding of Undeliverable Distributions.  If any
         distribution to any holder is returned to the Disbursing Agent
         as undeliverable, no further distributions shall be made to
         such holder unless and until the Disbursing Agent is notified,
         in writing, of such holder's then-current address.
         Undeliverable distributions shall remain in the possession of
         the Disbursing Agent until such time as a distribution becomes
         deliverable.  All Persons ultimately receiving undeliverable
         Cash, including, without limitation, any interest earned
         thereon or dividends distributed with respect to Reorganized
         Leslie Fay Common Stock and New Sassco Common Stock shall not
         be entitled to any other interest or other accruals of any
         kind.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall require the
         Disbursing Agent to attempt to locate any holder of an Allowed
         Claim.

                   (b)  Failure to Claim Undeliverable Distributions.
         Any holder of an Allowed Claim that does not assert its rights
         pursuant to the Plan to receive a distribution within two (2)
         years from and after the Effective Date shall have its Claim
         for such undeliverable distribution discharged and shall be
         forever barred from asserting any such Claim against
         Reorganized Leslie Fay, Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing
         Company, Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company, New
         Castleberry and New Sassco, or their respective property.  In
         such cases, (x) the Disbursing Agent shall distribute unclaimed
         Cash and New Sassco Common Stock to holders of Allowed Claims
         in Classes 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 on the Final Distribution Date with
         such


                                        31<PAGE>







         holders to receive their respective Pro Rata distributions of
         such unclaimed Cash and New Sassco Common Stock in the manner
         provided for in Articles X, XI, XII, XIII and XIV of the Plan;
         and (y) any Reorganized Leslie Fay Common Stock held for dis-
         tribution on account of such Claims shall be cancelled and
         discharged as if it had never been issued in the first place.

                   30.7  Compliance with Tax Requirements.  To the
         extent applicable, the Disbursing Agent, Reorganized Leslie Fay
         and New Sassco shall comply with all tax withholding and
         reporting requirements imposed on them by any governmental
         unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be
         subject to such withholding and reporting requirements.

                   30.8  Time Bar to Cash Payments.  Checks issued by
         the Disbursing Agent on account of Allowed Claims shall be null
         and void if not negotiated within ninety (90) days from and
         after the date of issuance thereof.  Any amounts paid to the
         Disbursing Agent in respect of such a check shall be promptly
         returned to Reorganized Leslie Fay by the Disbursing Agent.
         Requests for reissuance of any check shall be made directly to
         the Disbursing Agent by the holder of the Allowed Claim with
         respect to which such check originally was issued.  Any claim
         in respect of such a voided check shall be made on or before
         the later of (a) the second (2nd) anniversary of the Effective
         Date or (b) ninety (90) days after the date of issuance of such
         check, if such check represents a final distribution hereunder
         on account of such Claim.  After such date, all Claims in
         respect of voided checks shall be discharged and forever
         barred.

                   30.9  Distributions After Effective Date.
         Distributions made after the Effective Date to holders of
         Claims that are not Allowed Claims as of the Effective Date but
         which later become Allowed Claims shall be deemed to have been
         made on the Effective Date.

                   30.10  Set-Offs.  Reorganized Leslie Fay may,
         pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or applicable
         nonbankruptcy law, set off against any Allowed Claim and the
         distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of
         such Claim (before any distribution is made on account of such
         Claim), the claims, rights and causes of action of any nature
         that the Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay may hold against the
         holder of such Allowed Claim; provided, however, that neither
         the failure to effect such a set-off nor the allowance of any
         Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the
         Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay of any such claims, rights
         and causes of action that the Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay
         may possess against such holder.

                   30.11  Surrender and Cancellation of Instruments.
         Except as Reorganized Leslie Fay otherwise may agree, (a) each
         holder of a promissory note or other instrument evidencing a
         Claim shall surrender such promissory note or instrument to the
         Disbursing Agent, and the Disbursing Agent shall distribute or
         shall cause to be distributed to the holder thereof the
         appropriate distributions hereunder, (b) no distribution
         hereunder shall be made to or on behalf of any holder of such a
         Claim unless and until such promissory note or instrument is
         received or the unavailability of such note or instrument is
         reasonably established to the satisfaction of the Disbursing
         Agent and (c) in accordance with section 1143 of the Bankruptcy
         Code, any such holder of such a Claim that fails to (i)
         surrender or cause to be surrendered such promissory note or
         instrument or to execute and deliver an affidavit of loss and
         indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Disbursing Agent and
         (ii) in the event that the Disbursing Agent requests, furnish a
         bond in form and substance (including amount) reasonably
         satisfactory to the Disbursing Agent, within two (2) years from
         and after the Effective Date shall be deemed to have forfeited
         all rights, claims and interests and shall not participate in
         any distribution hereunder.

                   30.12  De Minimis Distributions.  No Cash payment of
         less than Ten Dollars ($10.00) shall be made by the Disbursing
         Agent to any holder of an Allowed Claim unless a request
         therefor is made in writing to the Disbursing Agent.

                   30.13  HSR Compliance.  Any shares of Reorganized
         Leslie Fay Common Stock or New Sassco Common Stock to be 
         distributed hereunder to any Entity required to file a Premerger
         Notification and Report Form under Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
         Improvement Act of 1976, as amended, shall not be distributed
         until the notification and waiting periods applicable under
         such act to such Entity shall have expired or been terminated.


                                        32<PAGE>







                   30.14  Termination of Subordination Rights and
         Settlement of Related Claims and Controversies.  The
         classification and manner of satisfying all Claims under the
         Plan take into consideration all contractual, legal and
         equitable subordination rights, whether arising under general
         principles of equitable subordination, section 510(c) of the
         Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, that a holder of a Claim may have
         against other Claim Holders with respect to any distribution
         made pursuant to the Plan.  On the Effective Date, all
         contractual, legal or equitable subordination rights that a
         holder of a Claim may have with respect to any distribution to
         be made pursuant to the Plan shall be discharged and
         terminated, and all actions related to the enforcement of such
         subordination rights shall be permanently enjoined.
         Accordingly, distributions pursuant to the Plan to holders of
         Allowed Claims shall not be subject to payment to a beneficiary
         of such terminated subordination rights, or to levy,
         garnishment, attachment or other legal process by any
         beneficiary of such terminated subordination rights.  Pursuant
         to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the
         distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, the
         provisions of this Section 29.14 shall constitute a good faith
         compromise and settlement of all claims or controversies
         relating to the termination of all contractual, legal and
         equitable subordination rights that a holder of a Claim may
         have with respect to any Allowed Claim, or any distribution to
         be made on account of an Allowed Claim.  The entry of the
         Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court's
         approval of the compromise or settlement of all such claims or
         controversies and the Bankruptcy Court's finding that such
         compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the
         Debtors, Reorganized Leslie Fay, New Sassco and their
         respective property and holders of Claims and is fair,
         equitable and reasonable.

                                   ARTICLE XXXI

                      RIGHTS AND POWERS OF DISBURSING AGENT


                   31.1  Exculpation.  From and after the Effective
         Date, the Disbursing Agent shall be exculpated by all Persons
         and Entities, including, without limitation, holders of Claims
         and Equity Interests and other parties in interest, from any
         and all claims, causes of action and other assertions of
         liability arising out of the discharge of the powers and duties
         conferred upon such Disbursing Agent by the Plan or any order
         of the Bankruptcy Court entered pursuant to or in furtherance
         of the Plan, or applicable law, except for actions or omissions
         to act arising out of the gross negligence, willful misconduct
         or breach of fiduciary duty of such Disbursing Agent.  No
         holder of a Claim or an Equity Interest or other party in
         interest shall have or pursue any claim or cause of action
         against the Disbursing Agent for making payments in accordance
         with the Plan or for implementing the provisions of the Plan.

                   31.2  Powers of the Disbursing Agent.  Except to the
         extent that the responsibility for the same is vested in the
         Plan Administrator pursuant to the Plan Administration
         Agreement, the Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to (a) take
         all steps and execute all instruments and documents necessary
         to effectuate the Plan, (b) make distributions contemplated by
         the Plan, (c) comply with the Plan and the obligations
         thereunder, (d) employ professionals to represent it with
         respect to its responsibilities, and (e) exercise such other
         powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent pursuant to
         order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as
         deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to
         implement the provisions of the Plan.  The Disbursing Agent
         shall be bonded pursuant to arrangements with a bonding company
         in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Debtors
         and the Creditors' Committee.

                   31.3  Expenses Incurred From and After the Effective
         Date.  Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the
         amount of any fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing
         Agent from and after the Effective Date (including taxes) and
         any compensation and expense reimbursement claims, including,
         without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel,
         made by the Disbursing Agent, shall be paid in Cash by
         Reorganized Leslie Fay.

                   31.4  Method of Payment.  Payments of Cash to be made
         by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall be made, at the
         election of the Debtors, by check drawn on a domestic bank or
         by wire transfer of immediately available funds.


                                        33<PAGE>







                                  ARTICLE XXXII

                              THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR


                   32.1  Appointment of Plan Administrator.  On the
         Effective Date, compliance with the provisions of the Plan
         shall become the general responsibility of the Plan
         Administrator (subject to the supervision of the Board of
         Directors of Reorganized Leslie Fay) pursuant to and in
         accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Plan
         Administration Agreement.

                   32.2  Responsibilities of Plan Administrator.  The
         responsibilities of the Plan Administrator shall include (a)
         liquidating Plan Assets, (b) facilitating Reorganized Leslie
         Fay's prosecution or settlement of objections to and
         estimations of Claims, (c) facilitating Leslie Fay's
         prosecution and/or settlement of claims and causes of action,
         (d) calculating and assisting the Disbursing Agent in
         implementing all distributions in accordance with the Plan, (e)
         filing all required tax returns and paying taxes and all other
         obligations on behalf of Reorganized Leslie Fay from funds held
         by Reorganized Leslie Fay, (f) periodic reporting to the
         Bankruptcy Court, of the status of the Claims resolution
         process, distributions on Allowed Claims and prosecution of
         causes of action, and (g) such other responsibilities as may be
         vested in the Plan Administrator pursuant to the Plan, the Plan
         Administration Agreement or Bankruptcy Court order or as may be
         necessary and proper to carry out the provisions of the Plan.

                   32.3  Powers of Plan Administrator.  The powers of
         the Plan Administrator shall, without any further Bankruptcy
         Court approval in each of the following cases, include (a) the
         power to invest funds in, and withdraw, make distributions and
         pay taxes and other obligations owed by Reorganized Leslie Fay
         from funds held by the Plan Administrator and/or Reorganized
         Leslie Fay in accordance with the Plan, (b) the power to engage
         employees and professional persons to assist the Plan
         Administrator with respect to its responsibilities, (c) the
         power to dispose of, and deliver title to others of, Plan
         Assets on behalf of Reorganized Leslie Fay, (d) the power to
         compromise and settle claims and causes of action on behalf of
         or against Reorganized Leslie Fay, and (e) such other powers as
         may be vested in or assumed by the Plan Administrator pursuant
         to the Plan, the Plan Administration Agreement or as may be
         necessary and proper to carry out the provisions of the Plan.

                   32.4  Compensation of Plan Administrator.  In
         addition to reimbursement for actual out-of-pocket expenses
         incurred by the Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator
         shall be entitled to receive reasonable compensation for
         services rendered on behalf of Reorganized Leslie Fay in an
         amount and on such terms as may be agreed to by the Debtors or
         Reorganized Leslie Fay and the Creditors' Committee as
         reflected in the Plan Administration Agreement.  Any dispute
         with respect to such compensation shall be resolved by
         agreement among the parties or, if the parties are unable to
         agree, determined by the Bankruptcy Court.

                   32.5  Termination of Plan Administrator.  The duties,
         responsibilities and powers of the Plan Administrator shall
         terminate on the date set forth in the Plan Administration
         Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE XXXIII

                                    COMMITTEES

                   33.1  Creditors' Committee Composition and Term.
         From the Confirmation Date up to and including the Effective
         Date, the members of the Creditors' Committee appointed
         pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code, and their duly
         appointed successors, shall continue to serve.  Upon the
         disallowance by Final Order of the Claim held by a Creditor
         that is a member of the Creditors' Committee, such membership
         shall terminate and no replacement shall be appointed.  Upon
         the resignation, death or disability of a member of the
         Creditors' Committee, the Creditor having appointed such member
         shall have the right to designate a replacement.  In the event
         such Creditor shall fail to designate a replacement, no other
         replacement may be appointed to the Creditors' Committee.
         Members of the Creditors' Committee shall serve without
         compensation but shall be


                                        34<PAGE>







         entitled to reimbursement of their resonable out-of-pocket 
         expenses which are attributable to their attendance at Creditor's
         Committee meetings.  The Creditor' Committee shall be entitled 
         to retain legal counsel and such other professionals as may 
         be authorized by the Bankruptcy Court, the fees and expenses of 
         which shall be entitled to payment as Administrative Expense Claims.  
         On the Effective Date, the Creditors' Committee shall be dissolved 
         and the members thereof and the professionals retained by the
         Creditors' Committee in accordance with section 1103 of the
         Bankruptcy Code shall be released and discharged from their
         respective fiduciary obligations.

                   33.2  Duties and Powers of the Creditors' Committee.
         Until the Effective Date, the duties and powers of the
         Creditors' Committee shall consist of the monitoring of
         litigation and settlements concerning Disputed Claims and
         claims of the Debtors in connection with the Seidman
         Litigation, and the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated by the Plan.

                   33.3  Equity Committee.  On the Confirmation Date,
         the Equity Committee shall be dissolved and the members thereof
         and the professionals retained by the Equity Committee in
         accordance with section 327 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be
         released and discharged from their respective fiduciary
         obligations, if the same has not occurred prior to the
         Confirmation Date.

                   33.4  Dissolution of Derivative Action Board.  Upon
         termination of the Derivative Action by judgment, settlement or
         otherwise, the Derivative Action Board shall be dissolved and
         the members thereof shall be released and discharged from their
         respective fiduciary obligations.

                                   ARTICLE XXXIV

                     EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES


                   34.1  Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired
         Leases.  Any executory contracts or unexpired leases which have
         not expired by their own terms on or prior to the Effective
         Date, which have not been rejected with the approval of the
         Bankruptcy Court, or which are not the subject of a motion to
         reject the same pending as of the Effective Date shall be
         deemed assumed by the Debtors in Possession on the Effective
         Date and assigned to New Sassco or Reorganized Leslie Fay, as
         applicable, and the entry of the Confirmation Order by the
         Bankruptcy Court shall constitute approval of such rejections
         and assumptions pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the
         Bankruptcy Code.  The Debtors' collective bargaining agreement
         effective June 1, 1994 through May 31, 1997, with the Union of
         Needletrades, Industrial and Textile Employees ("UNITE"), the
         successor to the International Ladies' Garment Workers' Union
         ("ILGWU"), is binding on its successors, including successors 
         due to a plan of reorganization.  New Sassco and Reorganized 
         Leslie Fay are bound by the terms and conditions of the extant 
         collective bargaining agreement between the Debtors and UNITE.

                   34.2  Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory
         Contracts and Unexpired Leases.  Any monetary amounts required
         as cure payments on each executory contract and unexpired lease
         to be assumed pursuant to the Plan shall be satisfied, pursuant
         to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, by payment of the
         cure amount in Cash on the Effective Date or upon such other
         terms and dates as the parties to such executory contracts or
         unexpired leases otherwise may agree.  In the event of a
         dispute regarding (a) the amount of any cure payment, (b) the
         ability of the Debtors or any assignee to provide "adequate
         assurance of future performance" (within the meaning of section
         365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the contract or lease to be
         assumed or (c) any other matter pertaining to assumption, the
         cure payments required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy
         Code shall be made following the entry of a Final Order
         resolving such dispute.

                   34.3  Rejection Damage Claims.  Not later than ten
         (10) days prior to the Confirmation Date, the Debtors shall
         file with the Bankruptcy Court a list of executory contracts
         and unexpired leases to be rejected by the Debtors as of the
         Effective Date.  If the rejection of an executory contract or
         unexpired lease by any of the Debtors results in damages to the
         other party or parties to such contract or lease, any claim for
         such damages, if not heretofore evidenced by a filed proof of
         claim, shall be forever barred and shall not be enforceable
         against the Debtors, or their respective properties or agents,


                                        35<PAGE>







         successors, or assigns, unless a proof of claim is filed with
         the Bankruptcy Court and served upon counsel for the Debtors on
         or before fifteen (15) days after the later of (a) the
         Confirmation Date and (b) the date of entry of an order by the
         Bankruptcy Court authorizing rejection of a particular
         executory contract or lease.  Unless otherwise ordered by the
         Bankruptcy Court or provided in the Plan, all such Claims for
         which proofs of claim are timely filed will be treated as
         General Unsecured Claims subject to the provisions of Section
         13.1 of the Plan.

                                   ARTICLE XXXV

                CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN


                   35.1  Conditions Precedent to Effective Date of the
         Plan.  The occurrence of the Effective Date and the substantial
         consummation of the Plan are subject to satisfaction of the
         following conditions precedent:

                   (a)  Entry of the Confirmation Order.  The Clerk of
         the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order,
         in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtors and the
         Creditors' Committee, and the Confirmation Order shall have
         become a Final Order or such Confirmation Order shall not have
         been stayed, enjoined or restrained.

                   (b)  Post-Consummation New Sassco Financing.  The
         closing under each of the New Sassco Credit Agreement and the
         New Sassco Indenture shall have occurred or shall be ready to
         occur subject only to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

                   (c)  Post-Consummation Reorganized Leslie Fay
         Financing.  The closing under the Reorganized Leslie Fay Credit
         Agreement shall have occurred or shall be ready to occur
         subject only to the occurrence of the Effective Date.

                   (d)  Execution of Documents; Other Actions. All other
         actions and documents necessary to implement the Plan shall
         have been effected or executed.  Without limiting the
         generality of the foregoing, the Disbursement Account(s) shall
         have sufficient Cash in order that Cash payments may be made on
         or about the Effective Date as, and to the extent, contemplated
         herein.

                   (e)  Appointment of Plan Administrator.  The Plan
         Administrator shall have been appointed in accordance with
         Article XXXII of the Plan and the Plan Administrator shall have
         executed the Plan Administration Agreement evidencing the Plan
         Administrator's agreement to serve in such capacity.

                   (f)  Amendment to Reorganized Leslie Fay Certificate
         of Incorporation; Incorporation of Reorganized Leslie Fay
         Operating Company, Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing Company and
         New Castleberry.  The Amended Certificate of Incorporation of
         Reorganized Leslie Fay shall have become effective, and
         Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company, Reorganized Leslie
         Fay Licensing Company and New Castleberry shall have been
         incorporated pursuant to the Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating
         Company Certificate of Incorporation, the Reorganized Leslie
         Fay Licensing Company Certificate of Incorporation and the New
         Castleberry Certificate of Incorporation, respectively, and
         shall be authorized to conduct business.

                   (g)  Incorporation of New Sassco.  New Sassco shall
         have been incorporated pursuant to the New Sassco Certificate
         of Incorporation and shall be authorized to conduct business.

                   (h)  Allowed Amount of Claims.  The Debtors shall
         have filed with the Bankruptcy Court a statement that the
         Debtors believe, after conducting an analysis of the Claims in
         Class 6, that the Allowed Claims in such Class, together with
         the Allowed Claims in Classes 3, 4, 5 and 7, will not exceed
         Three Hundred Forty Million Dollars ($340,000,000.00) in aggre-
         gate amount.


                                        36<PAGE>







                   (i)  Satisfaction of Debtor in Possession Financing.
         All financing provided to the Debtors pursuant to section 364
         of the Bankruptcy Code shall have been repaid or replaced, or
         other arrangements satisfactory to the lenders providing such
         financing, the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee, regarding
         the termination of such financing shall have been made.

                   35.2  Waiver of Conditions Precedent.  Each of the
         conditions precedent in Section 35.1, other than those set
         forth in subsections (a) and (i) thereof, may be waived, in
         whole or in part, by the Proponents, in their respective
         discretion.  Any such waiver of a condition precedent in
         Section 34.1 hereof may be effected at any time, without notice
         or leave or order of the Bankruptcy Court and without any
         formal action other than a writing.

                                  ARTICLE XXXVI

                         PROVISIONS FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT
                     AND MAINTENANCE OF DISBURSEMENT ACCOUNTS


                   36.1  Establishment of Disbursement Account.  On or
         before the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish one or
         more segregated bank accounts in the name of Reorganized Leslie
         Fay as Disbursing Agent under the Plan, which accounts shall be
         trust accounts for the benefit of Creditors pursuant to the
         Plan and utilized solely for the investment and distribution of
         Cash consistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan.  On
         or before the Effective Date, the Debtors shall deposit into
         such Disbursement Account(s) all Cash and Cash Equivalents of
         the Debtors, less the sum of Four Million Dollars
         ($4,000,000.00) to satisfy the working capital needs of
         Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company as described in
         Section 3.2(g) hereof.  From and after the Effective Date, the
         Plan Administrator shall deposit into the Disbursement Account(s) 
         all Cash proceeds of Plan Assets less amounts, if any,
         necessary to supplement the amounts referred to in this Section
         36.1 of the Plan.

                   36.2  Maintenance of Disbursement Account(s).
         Disbursement Account(s) shall be maintained at one or more
         domestic banks or financial institutions of Reorganized Leslie
         Fay's choice having a shareholder's equity or equivalent
         capital of not less than One Hundred Million Dollars
         ($100,000,000.00). Reorganized Leslie Fay shall invest Cash in
         Disbursement Account(s) in Cash Equivalents; provided, however,
         that sufficient liquidity shall be maintained in such account
         or accounts to (a) make promptly when due all payments upon
         Disputed Claims if, as and when they become Allowed Claims, and
         (b) make promptly when due the other payments provided for in
         the Plan.

                                 ARTICLE XXXVII

                              EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION


                   37.1  Reorganized Leslie Fay Authority.

                   (a)  General Authority.  During the period from the
         Confirmation Date up to but not including the Effective Date,
         the Bankruptcy Court shall retain custody and jurisdiction of
         the Debtors, their property and their operations.  On the
         Effective Date, Reorganized Leslie Fay, its property and its
         operations shall be released from the custody and jurisdiction
         of the Bankruptcy Court, except as provided in Section 38.1
         hereof.

                   (b)  Compromise and Settlement of Certain Class of
         Controversies.  From and after the Confirmation Date, all
         controversies pending before any court other than the
         Bankruptcy Court shall constitute a class of controversies
         under Rule 9019(b) of the Bankruptcy Rules and Reorganized
         Leslie Fay may compromise or settle any controversy in such
         class without further approval by the Bankruptcy Court.


                                        37<PAGE>







                   37.2  Title to Assets; Discharge of Liabilities.
         Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, on the Effective
         Date, title to all assets and properties encompassed by the
         Plan shall vest in Reorganized Leslie Fay, New Sassco,
         Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company, Reorganized Leslie
         Fay Licensing Company or New Castleberry, as the case may be,
         in accordance with section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, and
         the Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of
         discharge of the Debtors' liabilities except as provided in the
         Plan.

                   37.3  Discharge of Debtors.  The rights afforded in
         the Plan and the treatment of all holders of Claims or Equity
         Interests herein shall be in exchange for and in complete
         satisfaction, discharge and release of all Claims or Equity
         Interests of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, including
         any interest accrued or expenses incurred thereon from and
         after the Petition Date against any of the Debtors or any of
         their respective estates or properties or interests in
         property.  Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the
         Effective Date, all Claims and equity Interests in the Debtors
         will be satisfied, discharged and released in full exchange for
         the consideration provided for hereunder.  All Persons and
         Entities shall be precluded from asserting against any Debtor,
         their successors, including, without limitation, Reorganized
         Leslie Fay, Reorganized Leslie Fay Operating Company, New
         Castleberry and New Sassco, their agents and employees, or
         their respective assets or properties, any other or further
         Claims based upon any act or omission, transaction or other
         activity of any kind or nature arising from or related to the
         Debtors or the Chapter 11 Cases that occurred prior to the
         Effective Date.

                   37.4  Injunction.  Except as otherwise expressly
         provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order will provide,
         among other things, that all Persons or Entities who have held,
         hold or may hold Claims or Equity Interests are permanently
         enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from (a)
         commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other
         proceeding of any kind on any such Claim or Equity Interest
         against a Debtor, Reorganized Leslie Fay, Reorganized Leslie
         Fay Operating Company, Reorganized Leslie Fay Licensing
         Company, New Castleberry or New Sassco, (b) the enforcement,
         attachment, collection or recovery by any manner or means of
         any judgment, award, decree or order against the Debtors, (c)
         creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind
         against the Debtors or against the property or interests in
         property of the Debtors, and (d) asserting any right of setoff,
         subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any obligation
         due from the Debtors or against the property or interests in
         property of the Debtors, with respect to any such Claim.

                   37.5  Term of Existing Injunctions or Stays.  Unless
         otherwise provided, all injunctions or stays provided for in
         the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the
         Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and in existence on the
         Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until
         the Effective Date.

                   37.6  Limited Release of Directors, Officers and
         Employees.  As of the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be
         deemed to have waived and released their present and former
         directors, officers and employees who were directors, officers
         and employees, respectively, during the Chapter 11 Cases and on
         or before April 5, 1993, from any and all claims of the
         Debtors, including, without limitation, claims which the
         Debtors or Debtors in Possession otherwise have legal power to
         assert, compromise or settle in connection with the Chapter 11
         Cases, arising on or prior to the Effective Date; provided,
         however, that this provision shall not operate as a waiver or
         release of any claim (i) in respect to any loan, advance or
         similar payment by any Debtor to any such person, (ii) in
         respect of any contractual obligation owed by such person to
         any Debtor, (iii) relating to such person's fraud or gross
         negligence, (iv) to the extent based upon or attributable to
         such person gaining in fact a personal profit to which such
         person was not legally entitled, including, without limitation,
         profits made from the purchase or sale of equity securities of
         the Debtors which are recoverable by the Debtors pursuant to
         section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended, or (v) relating to such person's breach of fiduciary
         duty, other than those claims against which such directors,
         officers and employees were protected by the provisions of (a)
         Article VII of the Restated By-Laws of The Leslie Fay
         Companies, Inc., adopted as of August 1, 1986 and amended as of
         December 17, 1986 and March 6, 1990, (b) Article Eighth of the
         Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Leslie Fay
         Companies, Inc., filed August 1, 1986 and (c) applicable law.

                   37.7  Exculpation.  None of the Debtors, Reorganized
         Leslie Fay, the Plan Administrator, the Creditor Representative
         or any of their respective directors, officers, employees,
         advisors and agents (acting in such capacity), nor the
         Creditors' Committee, the Derivative Action Board and the
         Equity Committee and their respective members and professionals
         (acting in such capacity), shall have or incur any liability to
         any entity for any act taken or omitted to be taken in
         connection


                                        38<PAGE>







         with or related to the formulation, preparation, dissemination,
         implementation, confirmation or consummation of the Plan, the
         disclosure statement related thereto or any contract,
         instrument, release or other agreement or document created or
         entered into, or any other act taken or omitted to be taken in
         connection with the Plan or, in the case of the Derivative
         Action Board, in connection with the prosecution, compromise
         and settlement or discontinuance of the Derivative Action;
         provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this
         Section 37.7 shall not affect the liability of any entity that
         otherwise would result from any such act or omission to the
         extent that such act or omission is determined in a Final Order
         to have constituted gross negligence, willful misconduct or
         breach of fiduciary duty.  The Debtors, the Creditors'
         Committee and their respective advisors, attorneys and agents
         shall have no liability under the Plan to any Creditor or
         holder of an Equity Interest by virtue of being a proponent of
         the Plan, or, in the case of the Derivative Action Board, in
         connection with the prosecution, compromise and settlement or
         discontinuance of the Derivative Action.

                   37.8  Preservation of Rights of Action.  Except as
         otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument,
         release, or other agreement entered into in connection with the
         Plan, in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy
         Code, Reorganized Leslie Fay shall retain the sole and
         exclusive authority to enforce any claims, rights and causes of
         action that the Debtors or their chapter 11 estates may hold
         against any entity, including any claims, rights or causes of
         action arising under sections 544, 547, 548, 549 and 550 of the
         Bankruptcy Code.  Reorganized Leslie Fay may pursue such
         retained claims, rights or causes of action, as appropriate, in
         accordance with the best interests of Reorganized Leslie Fay.

                   37.9  Injunction.  Except as provided herein, as of
         the Effective Date, all non-Debtor entities are permanently
         enjoined from commencing or continuing in any manner, any
         action or proceeding, whether directly, derivatively, on
         account of or respecting any claim, debt, right or cause of
         action of the Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay which the
         Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay, as the case may be, retain
         sole and exclusive authority to pursue in accordance with
         Section 27.1 of the Plan or which has been released by the
         Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay in accordance with Section
         37.6 of the Plan.

                                 ARTICLE XXXVIII

                            RETENTION OF JURISDICTION


                   38.1  Retention of Jurisdiction.  The Bankruptcy
         Court shall retain and have exclusive jurisdiction over the
         Chapter 11 Cases for the following purposes:

                   (a)  to resolve any matters related to the
         assumption, assumption and assignment or rejection of any
         executory contract or unexpired lease to which the Debtors are
         a party or with respect to which the Debtors may be liable and
         to hear, determine and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims
         arising therefrom, including those matters related to the
         amendment after the Effective Date (pursuant to Section 34.3 of
         the Plan), to add any executory contracts or unexpired leases
         to the list of executory contracts and unexpired leases to be
         rejected;

                   (b)  to enter such orders as may be necessary or
         appropriate to implement or consummate the provisions of the
         Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures and
         other agreements or documents created in connection with the
         Plan;

                   (c)  to determine any and all adversary proceedings,
         applications and contested matters other than any controversy
         in the class of controversies fixed in Section 28.3 hereof;

                   (d)  to ensure that distributions to holders of
         Allowed Claims are accomplished as provided herein;

                   (e)  to hear and determine any timely objections to
         Administrative Expense Claims or to proofs of claim and
         equity interests filed, both before and after the Confirmation
         Date, including any objections to the classification of any
         Claim or


                                        39<PAGE>







         Equity Interest, and to allow, disallow, determine, liquidate,
         classify, estimate or establish the priority of secured or
         unsecured status or any Claim, in whole or in part;

                   (f)  to enter and implement such orders as may be
         appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any
         reason stayed, revoked, modified, reversed or vacated;

                   (g)  to issue such orders in aide of execution of the
         Plan, to the extent authorized by section 1142 of the Bank-
         ruptcy Code;

                   (h)  to consider any modifications of the Plan, to
         cure any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in
         any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including the Confirmation
         Order;

                   (i)  to hear and determine all applications for
         awards of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement
         of expenses incurred prior to the Effective Date;

                   (j)  to hear and determine disputes arising in
         connection with the interpretation, implementation, or
         enforcement of the Plan or the extent of any entity's
         obligations incurred in connection with or released under the
         Plan;

                   (k)  to issue injunctions, enter and implement other
         orders or take such other actions as may be necessary or
         appropriate to restrain interference by any entity with
         consummation or enforcement of the Plan, except as otherwise
         provided herein;

                   (l)  to determine any other matters that may arise in
         connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure State-
         ment, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument,
         release, indenture or other agreement or document created in
         connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;

                   (m)  to hear and determine matters concerning state,
         local and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505,
         and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

                   (n)  to hear any other matter or for any purpose
         specified in the Confirmation Order that is not inconsistent
         with the Bankruptcy Code; and

                   (o)  to enter a final decree closing the Chapter 11
         Cases.

                   38.2  Modification of Plan.  The Proponents reserve
         the right, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the
         Bankruptcy Rules, to amend or modify the Plan at any time prior
         to the entry of the Confirmation Order.  After the entry of the
         Confirmation Order, the Proponents may, upon order of the
         Bankruptcy Court, amend or modify the Plan, in accordance with
         section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or remedy any defect or
         omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such
         manner as may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent
         of the Plan.  A holder of a Claim that has accepted the Plan
         shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan as modified if the
         proposed modification does not materially and adversely change
         the treatment of the Claim of such holder.

                                  ARTICLE XXXIX

                            PROVISIONS FOR MANAGEMENT


                   39.1  Directors.  As of the Effective Date, the
         directors of Reorganized Leslie Fay shall be such Persons as
         the Creditors' Committee and Pomerantz shall designate, in
         accordance with Section 5.4 hereof, subject to the approval of
         the Bankruptcy Court, on or prior to the Confirmation Date.  As
         of the Effective Date, the directors of New Sassco shall be
         such


                                        40<PAGE>







         Persons as the Creditors' Committee and Levine shall designate,
         in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof, subject to the approval
         of the Bankruptcy Court, on or prior to the Confirmation Date.
         Thereafter, the terms and manner of selection of the directors
         of Reorganized Leslie Fay and New Sassco shall be as provided
         in the Amended Bylaws of Reorganized Leslie Fay and New Sassco
         Bylaws (and, in the case of New Sassco, the Levine Employment
         Agreement), as applicable, as the same may be amended.

                   39.2  Officers.  The officer(s) of the Debtors and
         Sassco on the Effective Date shall continue to serve as
         officer(s) of Reorganized Leslie Fay or New Sassco, as the case
         may be, after the Effective Date and until such time as they
         may resign, be removed or be replaced or their employment
         contracts, if any, may expire.

                   39.3  Employment Contracts.  After the Effective
         Date, New Sassco and Reorganized Leslie Fay may enter into such
         employment contracts with its officers, agents or employees as
         the Board of Directors of New Sassco or the Board of Directors
         of Reorganized Leslie Fay, respectively, may approve.

                                    ARTICLE XL

               ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS OF THE DEBTORS


                   40.1  Amendment of Articles of Incorporation and By-
         Laws.  The articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Debtors
         shall be amended on the Effective Date to read substantially as
         set forth in the Amended Certificate of Incorporation of
         Reorganized Leslie Fay and Amended Bylaws of Reorganized Leslie
         Fay.

                                   ARTICLE XLI

                             MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


                   41.1  Payment of Statutory Fees.  All fees payable
         pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code,
         as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation
         Hearing, shall be paid on the Consummation Date.

                   41.2  Retiree Benefits.  From and after the Effective
         Date, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code,
         Reorganized Leslie Fay shall continue to pay all retiree
         benefits (within the meaning of section 1114 of the Bankruptcy
         Code), at the level established in accordance with subsection
         (e)(1)(B) or (g) of section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, at any
         time prior to the Confirmation Date, at the level and for the
         duration of the period during which each Debtor has obligated
         itself to provide such benefits.

                   41.3  Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses.  From
         and after the Effective Date, Reorganized Leslie Fay shall, in
         the ordinary course of business and without the necessity for
         any approval by the Bankruptcy Court, pay the reasonable fees
         and expenses of the professional persons thereafter incurred by
         Reorganized Leslie Fay or the Plan Administrator related to
         implementation and consummation of the Plan.

                   41.4  Severability.  If, prior to the Confirmation
         Date, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the
         Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the
         Bankruptcy Court shall, with the consent of the Debtors, have
         the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make
         it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable,
         consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision
         held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, and such term or
         provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted.
         Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration or interpretation,
         the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall
         remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be
         affected, impaired or invalidated by such holding, alteration
         or interpretation.  The Confirmation Order shall constitute a
         judicial determination and shall provide that


                                        41<PAGE>







         each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been
         altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is
         valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.

                   41.5  Governing Law.  Except to the extent that the
         Bankruptcy Code or other federal law is applicable, or to the
         extent that an Exhibit hereto or document contained in the Plan
         Supplement provides otherwise, the rights, duties and
         obligations arising under this Plan shall be governed by, and
         construed and enforced in accordance with, the Bankruptcy Code
         and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the
         State of New York, without giving effect to principles of
         conflicts of laws.

                   41.6  Notices.  All notices, requests, and demands to
         or upon the Debtors or Reorganized Leslie Fay to be effective
         shall be in writing, including by facsimile transmission, and,
         unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to
         have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the
         case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and
         telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

                   The Leslie Fay Companies, Inc.
                   1412 Broadway
                   New York, New York 10018
                   Attention:     General Counsel
                   Telecopier: (212) 221-4285
                   Telephonic Confirmation: (212) 221-4160

                   With a copy to:

              (1)  Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP 
                   767 Fifth Avenue 
                   New York, New York 10153
                   Attention:  Alan B. Miller, Esq.
                   Telecopier: (212) 735-4965
                   Telephonic Confirmation: (212) 310-8272

                        - and -

              (2)  The Official Committee of Unsecured 
                   Creditors of The Leslie Fay Companies, Inc. 
                   c/o Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz 
                   51 West 52nd Street
                   New York, New York 10019
                   Attention:  Chaim J. Fortgang, Esq.
                   Telecopier: (212) 403-2000
                   Telephonic Confirmation: (212) 403-1000

                   41.7  Closing of Cases.  Reorganized Leslie Fay
         shall, promptly upon the full administration of the Chapter 11
         cases, file with the Bankruptcy Court all documents required by
         Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Bankruptcy
         Court.


                                        42<PAGE>







                   41.8  Section Headings.  The section headings
         contained in this Plan are for reference purposes only and
         shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of
         the Plan.

         Dated:    New York, New York
                   April 18, 1997


                                     Respectfully submitted,

                                     THE LESLIE FAY COMPANIES, INC.


                                     By: /s/ John J. Pomerantz          
                                        Name:  John J. Pomerantz
                                        Title: Chairman


                                     LESLIE FAY LICENSING CORP.


                                     By: /s/ John J. Pomerantz          
                                        Name:  John J. Pomerantz
                                        Title: Chairman


                                     HUE, INC.


                                     By: /s/ John J. Pomerantz          
                                        Name:  John J. Pomerantz
                                        Title: Chairman


                                     SPITALNICK CORP.


                                     By: /s/ John J. Pomerantz          
                                        Name:  John J. Pomerantz
                                        Title: Chairman


                                     LESLIE FAY RETAIL OUTLETS, INC.


                                     By: /s/ John J. Pomerantz          
                                        Name:  John J. Pomerantz
                                        Title: Chairman



                                        43<PAGE>







                                     LESLIE FAY FACTORY OUTLET
                                      (ALABAMA), INC.


                                     By: /s/ John J. Pomerantz          
                                        Name:  John J. Pomerantz
                                        Title: Chairman


                                     LESLIE FAY FACTORY OUTLET
                                      (CALIFORNIA), INC.


                                     By: /s/ John J. Pomerantz          
                                        Name:  John J. Pomerantz
                                        Title: Chairman

                                     LESLIE FAY FACTORY OUTLET
                                      (IOWA), INC.


                                     By: /s/ John J. Pomerantz          
                                        Name:  John J. Pomerantz
                                        Title: Chairman


                                     LESLIE FAY FACTORY OUTLET
                                      (TENNESSEE), INC.


                                     By: /s/ John J. Pomerantz          
                                        Name:  John J. Pomerantz
                                        Title: Chairman



















                                        44<PAGE>









         /s/ Alan B. Miller               /s/ Richard G. Mason             
         ALAN B. MILLER (AM 2817)         Richard G. Mason (RM 0698)
         A Member of the Firm             A Member of the Firm
         WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP       WACHTELL, LIPTON, ROSEN & KATZ
         Attorneys for Debtors and        Attorneys for the Official
          Debtors in Possession            Committee of Unsecured Creditors
         767 Fifth Avenue                  of The Leslie Fay Companies, Inc.
         New York, New York  10153        51 West 52nd Street
         (212) 310-8000                   New York, New York 10019
                                          (212) 403-1000








































                                        45<PAGE>





                                Exhibit A to Plan

                        Certain Terms of, and Restrictions
                        on, New Sassco Management Options

         A.   Grant of Senior Management Options.  New Sassco Management
              Recipients will receive New Sassco Management Options to
              purchase New Sassco Stock on a fully-diluted basis, as
              follows.

                   i.   Effective Date.  On the Effective Date, New
                        Sassco Management Options (the "Initial
                        Options") will be granted for 10% of the New
                        Sassco Stock.

                   ii.  1997 Fiscal Year.  If New Sassco achieves an
                        EBITDA of at least $29,000,000 in the 1997
                        fiscal year, New Sassco Management Options (the
                        "1997 Options") will be granted for an
                        additional 5% of the New Sassco Stock.

                   iii. 1998 Fiscal Year.  If New Sassco achieves an
                        EBITDA of $33,000,000 for the 1998 fiscal year,
                        New Sassco Management Options (the "1998
                        Options") will be granted for an additional 5%
                        of the New Sassco Stock.

                   iv.  Home Run.  If New Sassco achieves an EBITDA of
                        $44,000,000 in or before the 2001 fiscal year,
                        New Sassco Management Options (the "Home Run
                        Options") will be granted for an additional 2.5%
                        of the New Sassco Stock.

                   v.   Alternative Grant.  If the 1997 Options and/or
                        1998 Options are not granted pursuant to clauses
                        (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) above, New Sassco
                        Management Options will be granted in equivalent
                        amounts if, in the 1999 fiscal year, New Sassco
                        achieves an EBITDA equal to the lesser of (x)
                        $37,500,000 and (y) the Budgeted EBITDA (as
                        defined in Exhibit B) for the 1999 fiscal year.

         B.   Additional Terms of New Sassco Management Options.

                   i.   Vesting of Initial Options.  25% of the Initial
                        Options will vest on the Effective Date.  15% of
                        the Initial Options will vest on each of the
                        first five Anniversaries.  Notwithstanding the
                        foregoing, vesting will occur automatically upon
                        the death, permanent disability, termination
                        without cause or resignation for good reason of
                        the Management Recipient.

                   ii.  Transferability of Initial Options.  Vested
                        Initial Options held by a New Sassco Management
                        Recipient will become transferable during the
                        periods set forth in column 1 below in an amount
                        equal to such Management Recipient's ratable
                        share of the percentage of aggregate vested and
                        non-vested Initial Options set forth in column 2
                        below:

                         1                                     2 

                   Prior to the first Anniversary             0%

                   On and after the first Anniversary         10%

                   On and after the second Anniversary        10%

                   On and after the third Anniversary         10%

                   On and after the fourth Anniversary        25%

                   On and after the fifth Anniversary         45%


                                       A-1<PAGE>





                   Notwithstanding the above, Levine will have the right
                   to sell up to $1 million per year (based upon actual
                   gross sales price) on a cumulative basis (i.e., up to
                   $1 million on and after the first Anniversary, up to
                   $2 million (less prior sales) on and after the second
                   Anniversary, etc.) of his vested New Sassco
                   Management Options and/or stock acquired upon
                   exercise of New Sassco Management Options, subject to
                   applicable law.

              iii. Vesting of Other Senior Management Options.  1997
                   Options and 1998 Options, if granted, will vest in
                   accordance with the schedule set forth above for
                   Initial Options (as if they had been granted on the
                   Effective Date).  Home Runs Options, if granted, will
                   vest immediately upon the date of grant.

              iv.  Transferability of Other Senior Management Options.
                   1997 Options and 1998 Options, if granted, will be
                   transferable in accordance with the schedule set
                   forth above for Initial Options (as if they had been
                   granted on the Effective Date).  Home Runs Options,
                   if granted, will be transferable immediately upon the
                   date of grant.

              v.   Exercise Price.  The exercise price of New Sassco
                   Management Options will be the average market price
                   of New Sassco Stock during the (i) ten days before
                   the thirtieth day after the Effective Date and
                   (ii) ten days after such thirtieth day.

              vi.  Cashless Exercise.  New Sassco Management Recipients
                   will be allowed to exercise New Sassco Management
                   Options on a cashless basis.  The value of the block
                   of New Sassco Stock to be used as "currency" in the
                   exercise will be the average market price over the
                   fifteen-day trading period immediately prior to the
                   date of exercise, less (in the case of New Sassco
                   Management Options exercised on or before the end of
                   the thirtieth month immediately following the
                   Effective Date) the discount, if any, that an
                   independent broker retained by New Sassco determines
                   to be appropriate in order to reflect "thinness" of
                   trading volume over such period when compared to the
                   amount of "currency" stock.

              vii. Exercise Period.  New Sassco Management Options will
                   be exercisable from the date of vesting thereof until
                   (i) the ninetieth day following the date of the New
                   Sassco Management Recipient's retirement, resignation
                   (other than for good reason) or termination for
                   cause, if the same occurs prior to the fifth
                   Anniversary, (ii) the later of (x) the end of the
                   sixth calendar month following the sixth Anniversary
                   and (y) eighteen months following the date of
                   termination of employment, if the New Sassco
                   Management Recipient remains employed by New Sassco
                   through, or is terminated without cause or resigns
                   for good reason prior to, the fifth Anniversary or
                   (iii) in the event of the death or permanent
                   disability of a New Sassco Management Recipient, the
                   earlier of (x) the end of the second calendar year
                   after the date of such death or permanent disability
                   and (y) the end of  the sixth calendar month following
                   the sixth Anniversary.  All New Sassco Management
                   Options not exercised by such date will expire
                   automatically.

             viii. Forfeiture.  In the event that a New Sassco
                   Management Recipient is terminated for cause or
                   voluntarily retires or resigns other than for good
                   reason, all non-vested New Sassco Management Options
                   received by such New Sassco Management Recipient will
                   be automatically forfeited to, and cancelled by, New
                   Sassco.


                                       A-2<PAGE>





                                Exhibit B to Plan

                  Principal Terms of Levine Employment Agreement


                   On the Effective Date, Levine and Now Sassco will
         enter into a five-year employment contract.  In addition to the
         compensation terms set forth below, such contract will contain
         customary terms and provisions, including a non-competition
         agreement by Levine expiring on the fifth Anniversary.

         A.  Base Salary.  Levine's base salary will be $2 million per
             annum.

         B.  Bonus.  Commencing with the 1998 fiscal year, Levine will
             be entitled to annual bonuses based upon New Sassco's
             achievement of EBITDA targets as set forth below, so long
             as he remains employed by New Sassco:

                   i.   1998 fiscal year.  If New Sassco's EBITDA for
                        the 1998 fiscal year (the "1998 EBITDA") is at
                        least $34 million, Levine will earn a cash bonus
                        (the "1998 Bonus") equal to the sum of (x)
                        $500,000 plus (y) 50% of 1998 EBITDA in excess
                        of $34 million; provided, however, that (aa) in
                        no event shall the 1998 Bonus exceed $1.5
                        million and (bb) in the event that New Sassco's
                        1998 EBITDA is less than $36.5 million, New
                        Sassco shall defer payment of $500,000 of the
                        1998 Bonus and pay the same to Levine promptly
                        after the first fiscal year following the 1998
                        fiscal year in which New Sassco's EBITDA is at
                        least $36.5 million.

                   ii.  1999 fiscal year and thereafter.  For each
                        fiscal year following the 1998 fiscal year, if
                        New Sassco's EBITDA is (a) less than or equal to
                        85% of the Budgeted EBITDA (as hereinafter
                        defined) for such year (the "Minimum
                        Percentage"), Levine will receive no bonus or
                        (b) greater than the Minimum Percentage, Levine
                        will receive a cash bonus of $100,000 or portion
                        thereof for each percentage point or portion
                        thereof of such Budgeted EBITDA by which such
                        EBITDA exceeds the Minimum Percentage; provided,
                        however, that Levine shall not be entitled to a
                        bonus in excess of $1.5 million for any fiscal
                        year.  "Budgeted EBITDA" for any fiscal year
                        shall be the single EBITDA target for such
                        fiscal year contained in the operating budget
                        established by the New Sassco board of directors
                        (the "New Sassco Board") in good faith for New
                        Sassco as a whole.

         C.  Termination.

                   i.   Termination for Cause.  If Levine is terminated
                        for "cause", Levine will receive the following,
                        prorated through the date of termination:  (i) his 
                        base salary plus (ii) if Levine is terminated
                        pursuant to paragraph (c)(iii)(c) below, his
                        bonus, if any, for the fiscal year of such
                        termination.

                   ii.  Termination Without Cause, or Resignation for
                        Good Reason.  If Levine is terminated without
                        "cause" or resigns for "good reason", Levine
                        will receive the present value of his base
                        salary for the remainder of his contract term
                        (using a 10% discount factor) (the "Termination
                        Amount"); provided, however, that if the sole
                        basis for Levine's resignation for "good reason"
                        is a "change in control" of New Sassco, Levine
                        will receive only 57% of the Termination Amount.

                   iii. Definition of "Cause".  "Cause" will be defined
                        as (a) conviction of Levine for a felony; (b)
                        perpetration by Levine of (x) an illegal act
                        which causes significant economic injury to New
                        Sassco or (y) a common law fraud against New
                        Sassco; or (c) willful violation by Levine
                        (following a warning in writing with respect
                        thereto from the New Sassco Board) of a specific
                        written direction from the New Sassco Board
                        concerning one or more matters material to New 
                        Sassco's business and not within the purview of 
                        Levine as Chief Executive Officer as described in 
                        the next succeeding sentence ("Material 
                        Insubordination"). It is understood that the 
                        day-to-day operations of New Sassco shall be within 
                        the purview of Levine as Chief Executive Officer to 
                        the maximum extent consistent with the standards in 
                        New Sassco's industry for comparable public 
                        companies.  In the event of a dispute by the


                                       B-1<PAGE>





                        parties, the issue of whether Levine has
                        committed Material Insubordination will be
                        submitted to arbitration.

                   iv.  "Good reason" will be defined as the
                        continuation of any of the following events for
                        more  than ten (10) days after New Sassco's
                        receipt from Levine of written notice thereof.

                        (a)  Levine shall fail to be re-elected as a
                             Director of New Sassco and as chairman of the 
                             New Sassco Board of Directors or shall be
                             removed from such position or the position
                             of Chief Executive Officer of New Sassco at
                             any time during the term of his employment
                             (other than for "cause"), or Levine's
                             designee(s) or observer shall fail to be
                             re-elected or shall be removed as a
                             Director or observer during such term, or
                             the size of the New Sassco Board of
                             Directors shall be expanded and Levine
                             shall not be given reasonable opportunity
                             to designate one or more additional
                             Directors such that Levine and all
                             Directors designated by Levine shall
                             comprise at least 28% of the membership of
                             the New Sassco Board of Directors;

                        (b)  Levine shall fail to be vested with the
                             powers and authority of Chief Executive
                             Officer of New Sassco as described above,
                             or the powers and authority of such
                             position or his authority and
                             responsibilities with respect thereto shall
                             be diminished in any material respect;

                        (c)  Levine shall have assigned to him without
                             his express written consent any duties,
                             functions, authority or responsibilities
                             that are materially inconsistent with
                             Levine's positions described above;

                        (d)  Levine's principal place of employment is
                             changed to a location more than twenty-five
                             miles from the prior location without
                             Levine's prior written consent;

                        (e)  any material failure by New Sassco to
                             comply with any of the provisions of
                             Levine's employment agreement including,
                             without limitation, failure to make any
                             material payment required to be made by New
                             Sassco within five (5) business days after
                             the date such payment is required to be
                             made;

                        (f)  any purported termination by New Sassco of
                             Levine's employment otherwise than as
                             expressly permitted by, and in compliance
                             with all conditions and procedures of,
                             Levine's employment agreement;

                        (g)  New Sassco shall fail to comply with the
                             provisions of Levine's employment agreement
                             concerning (i) maintenance of directors and
                             officers liability insurance and (ii)
                             assumption of New Sassco's obligations
                             under  Levine's employment agreement by 
                             successors to New Sassco, or

                        (h)  a "change in control" shall have occurred
                             with respect to New Sassco.

         D.  Miscellaneous.

                   i.   Levine's affiliate's claims of $1,450,000
                        against Leslie Fay will be allowed in full as
                        pre-petition, unsecured claims and will receive
                        their ratable share of distributions to the
                        Creditors.  Leslie Fay's claims against Levine
                        will be released in full.

                   ii.  Levine and his affiliates will be reimbursed in
                        the aggregate amount of $200,000 for their out-
                        of-pocket expenses in connection with this
                        transaction and their prior efforts to purchase
                        Sassco.


                                       B-2<PAGE>





                                Exhibit C to Plan

                  Reorganized Leslie Fay Employment Arrangements


         A.   Salary.  The following Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior
              Managers will have employment contracts with Reorganized
              Leslie Fay that will expire on the first anniversary of
              the Effective Date, at the corresponding per annum
              salaries and allowances (collectively with the bonuses
              described in paragraph 3 below, "Compensation"):

                          Base Salary  Auto Allowance Clothing Allowance
                          ===========  ============== ==================

              J. Pomerantz   $ 430,000   Company car   $  0
              J. Ward          400,000   $1140/month      0
              C. Bandel        250,000   900/month      200/month
              D. Fellicetti    325,000   900/month        0
              W. Wishart       200,000   900/month        0
                            $1,605,000

         B.   Termination Pay.  If a Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior
              Manager is terminated without cause (including Reorganized
              Leslie Fay determination (other than for cause) not to
              renew the Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior Manager's contract
              at the end of its term), the Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior
              Manager will receive severance equal to:  (a) if the
              termination occurs in conjunction with a change of
              control, the remaining Compensation under the Reorganized
              Leslie Fay Manager's contract plus the greater of (i) one
              year's Compensation minus profits, if any, realized on 
              options, or option stock, in connection with the change of 
              control and (ii) six months' Compensation and (b) if the 
              termination does not occur in conjunction with a change of 
              control, the greater of (i) six months' Compensation and 
              (ii) the remaining Compensation due under the Reorganized 
              Leslie Fay Senior Manager's contract.

         C.   Cash Bonuses.

              i.   Amount.  If Reorganized Leslie Fay EBITDA (before
                   profit sharing, excluding Castleberry and "Transco"
                   allocation (as defined in the financial reporting
                   package periodically presented to the Creditors'
                   Committee) and including Hue licensing revenue) is
                   greater than or equal to 85% ("Minimum Percentage")
                   of Target EBITDA (as defined in Exhibit D),
                   Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior Managers (including J.
                   Pomerantz) will earn aggregate annual cash bonuses
                   ("Cash Bonus Pool") equal to the sum of (a) 9.6% of
                   Reorganized Leslie Fay EBITDA plus (b) 0.2% of
                   Reorganized Leslie Fay EBITDA for each percentage
                   point, if any, of Target EBITDA by which Reorganized
                   Leslie Fay EBITDA exceeds the Minimum Percentage;
                   provided, however, that the Cash Bonus Pool shall not
                   exceed 12.5% of Reorganized Leslie Fay EBITDA.


                                       C-1<PAGE>





                                Exhibit D to Plan

                       Reorganized Leslie Fay Stock Options


                   Reorganized Leslie Fay Senior Managers will receive
         nontransferable Reorganized Leslie Fay Stock Options as follows
         (to be shared among members of senior management as they
         agree):

         A.   Options for 5% of Reorganized Leslie Fay common stock upon
              the Effective Date.  One third of such options will vest
              on each of first three anniversaries of Effective Date;
              provided, however, that all options will vest immediately
              upon a change of control.  Strike price will equal a
              $21,000,000 Reorganized Leslie Fay valuation (or $6.18 per
              share based on 3,400,000 shares).

         B.   Options for another 5% of Reorganized Leslie Fay common
              stock (at same strike price) if Reorganized Leslie Fay's
              1996 Target EBITDA is achieved.  One third of such options
              will vest on each of first three anniversaries of grant;
              provided, however, that all options will vest immediately
              upon a change of control.

         C.   Options for another 7.5% of Reorganized Leslie Fay common
              stock (at same strike price) if a "Home Run" is achieved.
              All such options vest upon occurrence of "Home Run."  "Home
              Run" will be defined as a business combination,
              underwritten equity offering or other similar corporate
              transaction pursuant to which the enterprise value imputed
              to Reorganized Leslie Fay is at least:

                   i.   $40 million if the transaction occurs on or
                        before the first anniversary of the Effective
                        Date; provided, however, that if the enterprise
                        value is $37.5 million, "Home Run" options will
                        be granted for 2.5% of Reorganized Leslie Fay
                        common stock, with another 0.1% granted for each
                        additional $50,000 in enterprise value up to $40
                        million.

                   ii.  $60 million if the transaction occurs on or
                        before the second anniversary of the Effective
                        Date; provided, however, that if the enterprise
                        value is $45 million, "Home Run" options will be
                        granted for 2.5% of Reorganized Leslie Fay
                        common stock, with another 0.1% granted for each
                        additional $300,000 in enterprise value up to
                        $60 million.

                   iii. $80 million if the transaction occurs on or
                        before the third anniversary of the Effective
                        Date; provided, however, that if the enterprise
                        value is $60 million, "Home Run" options will be
                        granted for 2.5% of Reorganized Leslie Fay
                        common stock, with another 0.1% granted for each
                        additional $400,000 in enterprise value up to
                        $80 million, or

                   iv.  $100 million if the transaction occurs after the
                        third anniversary of the Effective Date;
                        provided, however, that if the enterprise value
                        is $75 million, "Home Run" options will be
                        granted for 2.5% of Reorganized Leslie Fay
                        common stock, with another 0.1% granted for each
                        additional $500,000 in enterprise value up to
                        $100 million.

                   For purposes of the foregoing thresholds, a
         transaction that was begun in the prior year (pursuant to
         execution of definitive documentation) but not consummated
         until the following year, will be valued as occurring in the
         prior year.

         D.   Target EBITDA.  "Target EBITDA" means (i) for 1996, $4.2
              million (before profit sharing, excluding Castleberry, and
              including Hue licensing revenues), (ii) for 1997, the
              projected EBITDA used by Reorganized Leslie Fay to procure
              exit financing from the Chapter 11 Cases and (iii) for all
              years thereafter, the target EBITDA for Reorganized Leslie 
              Fay established by the Reorganized Leslie Fay board of
              directors.

         E.   Board of Directors.  The initial board of directors will
              have seven members, five of whom will be designees of the
              Committee and two of whom will be Pomerantz and a designee
              of Pomerantz.


                                       D-1<PAGE>

        Index No.  93 B 41724 (TLB)        Year 19  97

        UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
        SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK
        ======================================================================

        In re

        THE LESLIE FAY COMPANIES, INC.,
        et al.,

                      Debtors.

        ======================================================================

                        FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT PLAN OF 
              REORGANIZATION FOR DEBTORS PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE UNITED
           STATES BANKRUPTCY CODE PROPOSED BY DEBTORS AND CREDITORS' COMMITTEE

        =======================================================================

                                   WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP

                      Attorneys for The Leslie Fay Companies, Inc.

                                        767 FIFTH AVENUE      
                          BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10153
                                        (212) 310-8000

       ========================================================================

       To:

       Attorney(s) for

       ========================================================================

       Service of a copy of the within                      is hereby admitted.

       Dated:
                                ...............................................

                                Attorney(s) for

        =======================================================================
        PLEASE TAKE NOTICE
         Check Applicable Box

            [  ]       that the within is a true copy of a 
         NOTICE OF     entered in the office of the clerk of the within named
           ENTRY       court on                                           19


            [  ]       that an Order of which the within is a true copy will be
         NOTICE OF     presented for settlement to the Hon. 
         SETTLEMENT              one of the judges of the within named Court,
                       at
                       on                   19    , at             M.

        Dated:

                                               WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP
                                 Attorneys for


                                                    767 FIFTH AVENUE
                                    BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10153
        To:

        Attorney(s) for



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission